1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian
>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
63 template<bool big_endian
>
66 template<bool big_endian
>
67 class Arm_input_section
;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
75 template<bool big_endian
>
76 class Arm_output_section
;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
80 template<bool big_endian
>
83 template<bool big_endian
>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
86 template<bool big_endian
>
87 class Arm_output_data_got
;
89 template<bool big_endian
>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will be very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table
* arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
155 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
161 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
170 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
176 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_
; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_
; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_
; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
220 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_
;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
275 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_
; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_
; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_
; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_
; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_
; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
330 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
331 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
339 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
340 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
351 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
380 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_
; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
401 return this->offset_
;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
407 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i
)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
418 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian
>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
454 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_
;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
474 return this->destination_address_
;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
481 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
482 this->destination_address_
= address
;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
496 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
509 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
514 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
515 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
519 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
520 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
521 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_
; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_
; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key
& k
) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
556 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
557 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
558 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
559 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
560 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
571 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
581 { return k
.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
588 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_
;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is an invalid index, this points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, it points to a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj, in order to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol
* symbol
;
610 const Relobj
* relobj
;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
619 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
625 friend class Stub_factory
;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_
;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_
;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_
; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_
; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_
; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_
; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_
; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
701 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
702 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
703 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
704 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address
),
706 original_insn_(original_insn
)
709 friend class Stub_factory
;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_
;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_
;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_
;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_
;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_
; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
763 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
766 friend class Stub_factory
;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian
>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
790 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
793 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
794 view
+= insns
[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
796 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
797 view
+= insns
[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
799 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory
&
815 static Stub_factory singleton
;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
831 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
832 uint32_t original_insn
) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
837 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
845 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
858 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian
>
867 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
882 { return this->owner_
; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB using KEY. The caller is responsible for avoiding addition
899 // if a STUB with the same key has already been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
903 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align
= stub_template
->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, align
);
911 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub_template
->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
=
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
, align
);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // The caller is responsible for avoiding addition if a STUB with the same
919 // address has already been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
923 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
932 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
944 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
945 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
953 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file
*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_
; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_
; }
1059 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1061 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1067 // Write to a map file.
1069 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
1070 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** ARM cantunwind")); }
1073 // Implement do_write for a given endianness.
1074 template<bool big_endian
>
1076 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1078 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1080 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1081 unsigned int shndx_
;
1084 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1085 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1086 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1088 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1089 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1091 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1092 // with some of its entries merged.
1094 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1097 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1098 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1099 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1100 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1101 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1102 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1104 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1105 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1107 // Build output contents.
1109 build_contents(const unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
1111 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1112 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1113 exidx_input_section() const
1114 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1116 // Return the section offset map.
1117 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1118 section_offset_map() const
1119 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1122 // Write merged section into file OF.
1124 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1127 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1128 section_offset_type
*) const;
1131 // Original EXIDX input section.
1132 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1133 // Section offset map.
1134 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1135 // Merged section contents. We need to keep build the merged section
1136 // and save it here to avoid accessing the original EXIDX section when
1137 // we cannot lock the sections' object.
1138 unsigned char* section_contents_
;
1141 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1143 template<bool big_endian
>
1144 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1147 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1148 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1149 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
),
1150 original_contents_(NULL
)
1153 ~Arm_input_section()
1154 { delete[] this->original_contents_
; }
1160 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1162 is_stub_table_owner() const
1163 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1165 // Return the stub table.
1166 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1168 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1170 // Set the stub_table.
1172 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1173 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1175 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1176 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1177 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1178 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1179 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1181 // Return the original size of the section.
1183 original_size() const
1184 { return this->original_size_
; }
1187 // Write data to output file.
1189 do_write(Output_file
*);
1191 // Return required alignment of this.
1193 do_addralign() const
1195 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1196 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1197 static_cast<uint64_t>(this->original_addralign_
));
1199 return this->original_addralign_
;
1202 // Finalize data size.
1204 set_final_data_size();
1206 // Reset address and file offset.
1208 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1212 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1213 section_offset_type offset
,
1214 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1216 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1217 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1220 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, uint32_t>(this->original_size_
)))
1230 // Copying is not allowed.
1231 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1232 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1234 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1235 uint32_t original_addralign_
;
1236 // Section size of the original input section.
1237 uint32_t original_size_
;
1239 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1240 // Original section contents. We have to make a copy here since the file
1241 // containing the original section may not be locked when we need to access
1243 unsigned char* original_contents_
;
1246 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1247 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1249 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1252 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
,
1253 bool merge_exidx_entries
= true)
1254 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1255 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1256 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
),
1257 merge_exidx_entries_(merge_exidx_entries
)
1261 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1263 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. SECTION_CONTENTS points
1264 // to the EXIDX contents and SECTION_SIZE is the size of the contents. Return
1265 // number of bytes to be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX
1266 // section are merged a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store
1267 // in the located PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is
1268 // responsible for releasing it.
1269 template<bool big_endian
>
1271 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1272 const unsigned char* section_contents
,
1273 section_size_type section_size
,
1274 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1276 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1277 // input section, if there is not one already.
1279 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1281 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1282 // first exidx input in output.
1284 first_output_text_section() const
1285 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1288 // Copying is not allowed.
1289 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1290 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1292 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1297 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1298 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1305 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1306 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1308 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1310 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1311 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1312 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1313 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1314 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1316 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1317 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1319 // EXIDX output section.
1320 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1321 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1322 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1323 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1324 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1325 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1326 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1327 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1328 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1329 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1331 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1333 bool merge_exidx_entries_
;
1336 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1337 // stub generation methods.
1339 template<bool big_endian
>
1340 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1343 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1345 // We need to force SHF_LINK_ORDER in a SHT_ARM_EXIDX section.
1346 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1347 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1348 : Output_section(name
, type
,
1349 (type
== elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
1350 ? flags
| elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
1353 if (type
== elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
1354 this->set_always_keeps_input_sections();
1357 ~Arm_output_section()
1360 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1362 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Task
*);
1364 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1365 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1366 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1367 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1368 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1370 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1372 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1374 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1375 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1376 // output addresses.
1378 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1379 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1380 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1381 bool merge_exidx_entries
,
1384 // Link an EXIDX section into its corresponding text section.
1386 set_exidx_section_link();
1390 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1391 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1393 // Create a stub group.
1394 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1395 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1396 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1397 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1398 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*,
1402 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1404 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1407 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1408 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1410 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1411 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
,
1412 uint32_t addralign
, uint32_t text_size
)
1413 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1414 addralign_(addralign
), text_size_(text_size
), has_errors_(false)
1417 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1420 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1422 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1425 { return this->relobj_
; }
1427 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1430 { return this->shndx_
; }
1432 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1435 { return this->link_
; }
1437 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1440 { return this->size_
; }
1442 // Return address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1445 { return this->addralign_
; }
1447 // Return size of the associated text input section.
1450 { return this->text_size_
; }
1452 // Whether there are any errors in the EXIDX input section.
1455 { return this->has_errors_
; }
1457 // Set has-errors flag.
1460 { this->has_errors_
= true; }
1463 // Object containing this.
1465 // Section index of this.
1466 unsigned int shndx_
;
1467 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1469 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1471 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1472 uint32_t addralign_
;
1473 // Size of associated text section.
1474 uint32_t text_size_
;
1475 // Whether this has any errors.
1479 // Arm_relobj class.
1481 template<bool big_endian
>
1482 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>
1485 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1487 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1488 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1489 : Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1490 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1491 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1492 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1493 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false),
1494 merge_flags_and_attributes_(true)
1498 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1500 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1501 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1502 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1504 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1505 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1508 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1510 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1512 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1513 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1516 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1517 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1519 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1521 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1522 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1525 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1527 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1530 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1532 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1534 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1535 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1536 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1537 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1540 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1541 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1542 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1543 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1544 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1546 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1549 processor_specific_flags() const
1550 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1552 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1554 const Attributes_section_data
*
1555 attributes_section_data() const
1556 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1558 // Mapping symbol location.
1559 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1561 // Functor for STL container.
1562 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1565 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1566 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1568 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1569 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1573 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1574 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1575 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1576 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1578 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1580 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1582 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1583 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1586 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1588 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1590 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1591 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1592 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1593 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1596 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1597 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1598 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1599 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1601 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1602 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1603 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1608 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1609 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1610 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1612 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1613 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1614 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1619 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1621 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1622 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1624 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1626 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1627 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1629 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1631 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1633 // Whether we want to merge processor-specific flags and attributes.
1635 merge_flags_and_attributes() const
1636 { return this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
; }
1638 // Export list of EXIDX section indices.
1640 get_exidx_shndx_list(std::vector
<unsigned int>* list
) const
1643 for (Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.begin();
1644 p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end();
1647 if (p
->second
->shndx() == p
->first
)
1648 list
->push_back(p
->first
);
1650 // Sort list to make result independent of implementation of map.
1651 std::sort(list
->begin(), list
->end());
1655 // Post constructor setup.
1659 // Call parent's setup method.
1660 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1662 // Initialize look-up tables.
1663 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1664 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1667 // Count the local symbols.
1669 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1670 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1673 do_relocate_sections(
1674 const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1675 const unsigned char* pshdrs
, Output_file
* of
,
1676 typename Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1678 // Read the symbol information.
1680 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1682 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1684 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1688 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1690 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1691 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1692 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1694 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1696 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1697 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1699 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1701 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1702 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1703 const Symbol_table
*);
1705 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1707 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1708 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1709 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1711 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1712 // first relocation of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1713 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1714 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1715 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1717 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1718 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1721 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1722 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1723 // index of the linked text section.
1725 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1726 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1727 unsigned int text_shndx
,
1728 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
);
1730 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1731 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1733 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1735 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1736 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1739 // List of stub tables.
1740 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1741 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1742 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1743 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1744 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1745 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1746 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1747 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1748 // Mapping symbols information.
1749 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1750 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1751 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1752 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1753 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1754 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1755 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1756 // Whether we merge processor flags and attributes of this object to
1758 bool merge_flags_and_attributes_
;
1761 // Arm_dynobj class.
1763 template<bool big_endian
>
1764 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1767 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1768 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1769 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1770 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1774 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1776 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1777 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1778 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1779 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1780 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1782 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1785 processor_specific_flags() const
1786 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1788 // Attributes section data.
1789 const Attributes_section_data
*
1790 attributes_section_data() const
1791 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1794 // Read the symbol information.
1796 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1799 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1800 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1801 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1802 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1805 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1807 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1808 struct Stub_addend_reader
1810 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1811 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1812 // view or from a Reloc object.
1813 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1815 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1816 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1817 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1818 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1821 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1823 template<bool big_endian
>
1824 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1826 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1829 const unsigned char*,
1830 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1833 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1834 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1835 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1836 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1838 template<bool big_endian
>
1839 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1841 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1844 const unsigned char*,
1845 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1846 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1847 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1850 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1851 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1853 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1856 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1857 Arm_address destination
)
1858 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1864 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1866 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1870 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1872 // Return the relocation type.
1875 { return this->r_type_
; }
1877 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1881 { return this->destination_
; }
1884 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1885 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1887 unsigned int r_type_
;
1888 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1890 Arm_address destination_
;
1893 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1894 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1896 template<bool big_endian
>
1897 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1900 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1901 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1904 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1905 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1906 // applied in a static link.
1908 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1909 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1911 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1912 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1913 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1915 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1916 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
,
1919 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1923 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1924 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1925 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1926 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1927 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1929 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1931 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1933 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1934 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1935 unsigned int index
);
1938 // Write out the GOT table.
1940 do_write(Output_file
*);
1943 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1944 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1948 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1949 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1950 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1952 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1953 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1954 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1956 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1957 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1960 // Return the GOT offset.
1963 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1968 { return this->r_type_
; }
1970 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1972 symbol_is_global() const
1973 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1975 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1979 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1980 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1983 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1984 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*
1987 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1988 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1991 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1995 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1996 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
2000 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
2001 unsigned int got_offset_
;
2002 // Type of relocation.
2003 unsigned int r_type_
;
2004 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
2005 bool symbol_is_global_
;
2006 // A global or local symbol.
2011 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
2016 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
2017 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
2018 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
2024 // Symbol table of the output object.
2025 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
2026 // Layout of the output object.
2028 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
2029 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
2032 // The ARM target has many relocation types with odd-sizes or noncontiguous
2033 // bits. The default handling of relocatable relocation cannot process these
2034 // relocations. So we have to extend the default code.
2036 template<bool big_endian
, int sh_type
, typename Classify_reloc
>
2037 class Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
:
2038 public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<sh_type
, Classify_reloc
>
2041 // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2042 // symbol, given the relocation type.
2043 inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2044 local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
*)
2046 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
2047 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA
;
2050 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
2051 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
)
2053 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
2054 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
2055 r_type
= arm_target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
2060 // Relocations that write nothing. These exclude R_ARM_TARGET1
2061 // and R_ARM_TARGET2.
2062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
2063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
2064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC
:
2065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_CALL
:
2066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ
:
2067 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
:
2068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTRELAX
:
2069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
2070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
2071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ16
:
2072 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ32
:
2073 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_0
;
2074 // These should have been converted to something else above.
2075 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
2076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
2078 // Relocations that write full 32 bits.
2079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
2080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
2081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
2082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
2083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
2084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
2086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
2087 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
2088 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2090 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2093 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
:
2094 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2095 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
:
2096 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_4
;
2098 // For all other static relocations, return RELOC_SPECIAL.
2099 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL
;
2105 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
2109 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
2110 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
2111 template<int no_bits
>
2112 static inline int32_t
2113 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
2115 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
2117 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2118 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
2120 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
2121 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2122 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
2125 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
2126 template<int no_bits
>
2128 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
2130 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
2133 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
2134 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
2135 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2136 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2139 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
2140 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
2141 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
2142 // -128 <= bits <= 255
2143 template<int no_bits
>
2145 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
2147 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
2150 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
2151 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
2152 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
2153 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2156 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
2157 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
2158 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
2159 static inline uint32_t
2160 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
2161 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
2164 template<bool big_endian
>
2165 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
2168 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
2171 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2172 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2175 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
2176 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
2177 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
2178 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2179 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2180 should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2181 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2182 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2185 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2187 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2188 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2190 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2192 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2193 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2195 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2197 using_thumb2() const
2199 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2200 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2201 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2202 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2205 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2207 using_thumb_only() const
2209 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2210 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2212 if (attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2213 || attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
)
2215 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2216 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2218 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2219 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2222 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2224 may_use_arm_nop() const
2226 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2227 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2228 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2229 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2230 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2231 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2232 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2235 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2237 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2239 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2240 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2241 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2242 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2243 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2244 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2247 // Whether we have v4T interworking instructions available.
2249 may_use_v4t_interworking() const
2251 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2252 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2253 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2254 return (arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_PRE_V4
2255 && arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
);
2258 // Whether we have v5T interworking instructions available.
2260 may_use_v5t_interworking() const
2262 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2263 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2264 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2265 if (parameters
->options().fix_arm1176())
2266 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2267 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2268 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2269 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
2270 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2272 return (arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_PRE_V4
2273 && arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
2274 && arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4T
);
2277 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2278 // garbage collection.
2280 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2282 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2283 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2284 unsigned int sh_type
,
2285 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2287 Output_section
* output_section
,
2288 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2289 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2290 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2292 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2294 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2296 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2297 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2298 unsigned int sh_type
,
2299 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2301 Output_section
* output_section
,
2302 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2303 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2304 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2306 // Finalize the sections.
2308 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2310 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2313 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2315 // Relocate a section.
2317 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2318 unsigned int sh_type
,
2319 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2321 Output_section
* output_section
,
2322 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2323 unsigned char* view
,
2324 Arm_address view_address
,
2325 section_size_type view_size
,
2326 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2328 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2330 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2332 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2333 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2334 unsigned int sh_type
,
2335 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2337 Output_section
* output_section
,
2338 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2339 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2340 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2341 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2343 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2345 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2346 unsigned int sh_type
,
2347 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2349 Output_section
* output_section
,
2350 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2351 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2352 unsigned char* view
,
2353 Arm_address view_address
,
2354 section_size_type view_size
,
2355 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2356 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2358 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
2359 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
2361 relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2362 unsigned int sh_type
,
2363 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
2365 Output_section
* output_section
,
2366 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2367 unsigned char* view
,
2368 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
2370 section_size_type view_size
,
2371 unsigned char* preloc_out
);
2373 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2375 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
2376 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2378 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2380 has_got_section() const
2381 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2383 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2387 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2388 return this->got_
->data_size();
2391 // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
2393 got_entry_count() const
2395 if (!this->has_got_section())
2397 return this->got_size() / 4;
2400 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
2402 plt_entry_count() const;
2404 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2406 first_plt_entry_offset() const;
2408 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
2410 plt_entry_size() const;
2412 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2414 get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
);
2417 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2420 // Return the stub factory
2422 stub_factory() const
2423 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2425 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2426 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2427 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2429 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2430 // section of RELOBJ.
2431 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2432 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2434 // Make a new Stub_table
2435 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2436 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2438 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2440 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2441 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2442 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2447 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2448 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2451 // Get the default ARM target.
2452 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2455 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2456 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2457 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2458 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2461 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2463 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2467 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2468 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2471 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2473 fix_cortex_a8() const
2474 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2476 // Whether we merge exidx entries in debuginfo.
2478 merge_exidx_entries() const
2479 { return parameters
->options().merge_exidx_entries(); }
2481 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2483 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2484 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2485 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2487 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2489 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2491 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2492 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2493 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2495 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2497 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2498 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2501 // Make an ELF object.
2503 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2504 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2507 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2508 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2509 { gold_unreachable(); }
2512 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2513 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2514 { gold_unreachable(); }
2517 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2518 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2519 { gold_unreachable(); }
2521 // Make an output section.
2523 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2524 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2525 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2528 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2530 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2531 // not doing relocatable linking.
2533 do_may_relax() const
2534 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2537 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, const Task
*);
2539 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2542 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2544 // Reorder tags during output.
2546 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2548 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2550 do_select_as_default_target()
2552 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2553 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2555 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2556 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2559 // Virtual function which is set to return true by a target if
2560 // it can use relocation types to determine if a function's
2561 // pointer is taken.
2563 do_can_check_for_function_pointers() const
2566 // Whether a section called SECTION_NAME may have function pointers to
2567 // sections not eligible for safe ICF folding.
2569 do_section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(const char* section_name
) const
2571 return (!is_prefix_of(".ARM.exidx", section_name
)
2572 && !is_prefix_of(".ARM.extab", section_name
)
2573 && Target::do_section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(section_name
));
2577 // The class which scans relocations.
2582 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2586 get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type
);
2589 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2590 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2591 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2592 Output_section
* output_section
,
2593 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2594 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2597 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2598 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2599 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2600 Output_section
* output_section
,
2601 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2605 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2606 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2609 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2611 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&);
2614 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2615 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2618 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2619 unsigned int , Symbol
*);
2623 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*,
2624 unsigned int r_type
);
2627 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*,
2628 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2631 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2633 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2634 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2636 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2638 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2639 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2642 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2643 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2644 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2645 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2646 || sym
->is_undefined()
2647 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2651 possible_function_pointer_reloc(unsigned int r_type
);
2653 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2654 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2657 // The class which implements relocation.
2667 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2669 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2670 unsigned int r_type
,
2672 Output_section
* output_section
);
2674 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2675 // any warnings about this relocation.
2677 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2678 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2679 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2680 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2681 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2682 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2685 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2686 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2689 reloc_is_non_pic(unsigned int r_type
)
2693 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2695 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2697 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2699 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2704 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2711 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2712 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
2713 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2722 // Do a TLS relocation.
2723 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2724 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2725 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2726 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2727 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2732 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2733 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2734 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2738 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2741 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2742 // is a local symbol.
2743 static tls::Tls_optimization
2744 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2746 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2747 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2748 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2750 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2752 got_plt_section() const
2754 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2755 return this->got_plt_
;
2758 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2760 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2762 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2764 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2766 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2768 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2769 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2771 // Get the PLT section.
2772 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2775 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2779 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2781 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2783 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2785 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2787 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2788 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2789 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2791 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2793 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2794 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2797 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2799 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2800 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2801 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2802 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2804 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2805 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2806 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2807 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2810 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2812 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2814 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2815 // header of the output.
2817 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2819 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2821 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2823 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2825 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2828 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2830 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2832 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2834 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2836 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2838 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2840 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2842 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2844 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2846 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2847 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2848 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2849 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2850 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2855 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2858 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2860 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool, const Task
*);
2862 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2864 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2865 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2866 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2867 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2869 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2870 template<int sh_type
>
2872 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2873 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2874 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2876 Output_section
* output_section
,
2877 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2878 const unsigned char* view
,
2879 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2882 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2884 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*,
2885 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*,
2888 // Functors for STL set.
2889 struct output_section_address_less_than
2892 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2893 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2896 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2897 // general Target structure.
2898 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2900 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2901 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
2902 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
2903 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
2906 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2907 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2908 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2909 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2910 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2913 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2915 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2916 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2917 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2919 Arm_input_section_map
;
2921 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2922 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2923 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2926 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2928 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2929 // The GOT PLT section.
2930 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2931 // The dynamic reloc section.
2932 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2933 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2934 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2935 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2936 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2937 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2938 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2939 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2940 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2941 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2942 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2944 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2945 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2946 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2947 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2948 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2949 // Attributes section data in output.
2950 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2951 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2952 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2953 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2954 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2957 template<bool big_endian
>
2958 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2961 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2962 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2963 false, // has_make_symbol
2964 false, // has_resolve
2965 false, // has_code_fill
2966 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2967 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
2969 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2970 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2971 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2972 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2973 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2974 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2975 0, // small_common_section_flags
2976 0, // large_common_section_flags
2977 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2978 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2981 // Arm relocate functions class
2984 template<bool big_endian
>
2985 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2990 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2991 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation overflow.
2992 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2996 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2997 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2999 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
3002 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
3004 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3005 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
3006 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
3007 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
3009 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
3010 // instruction encoding described above.
3011 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3012 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
3013 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
3015 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
3016 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
3017 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
3020 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
3022 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3023 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
3024 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
3025 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
3029 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
3033 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
3036 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
3038 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3039 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3040 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
3041 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3043 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
3044 // instruction encoding described above.
3045 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3046 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
3047 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
3049 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
3050 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
3051 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
3052 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
3053 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
3057 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
3059 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3060 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
3061 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
3062 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
3065 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
3066 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
3067 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
3068 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
3072 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
3073 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3075 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
3081 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
3082 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
3083 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
3085 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
3087 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
3090 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
3091 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
3092 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
3093 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3094 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3095 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3098 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3100 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3101 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3102 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3103 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
3109 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
3110 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3111 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3112 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3113 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3116 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
3119 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3121 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3122 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3123 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
3124 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
3125 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3128 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3129 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
3133 // Handle ARM long branches.
3134 static typename
This::Status
3135 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3136 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3137 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3138 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3140 // Handle THUMB long branches.
3141 static typename
This::Status
3142 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3143 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3144 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3145 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3148 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
3149 static inline int32_t
3150 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3152 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
3153 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
3154 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
3155 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
3156 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
3157 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
3158 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
3159 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3160 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3162 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
3163 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3166 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
3167 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
3168 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3169 static inline uint16_t
3170 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3172 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3173 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3174 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
3177 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
3178 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
3179 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3180 static inline uint16_t
3181 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3183 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3184 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3185 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
3186 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
3187 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
3188 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
3191 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
3192 static inline int32_t
3193 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3195 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
3196 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
3197 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
3198 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
3199 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
3201 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3204 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
3205 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
3206 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3207 static inline uint16_t
3208 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3210 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3211 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3212 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
3215 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
3216 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
3217 // The caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3218 static inline uint16_t
3219 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3221 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3222 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
3223 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
3224 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
3226 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
3229 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
3230 static inline typename
This::Status
3231 abs8(unsigned char* view
,
3232 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3233 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3235 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3236 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3237 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3238 int32_t addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
3239 Arm_address x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3240 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
3241 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3243 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
3244 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3245 return ((signed_x
< -128 || signed_x
> 255)
3246 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3247 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3250 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3251 static inline typename
This::Status
3252 thm_abs5(unsigned char* view
,
3253 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3254 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3256 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3257 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3258 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3259 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3260 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
3261 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3262 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
3263 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3265 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3266 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3267 return ((signed_x
< -32768 || signed_x
> 65535)
3268 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3269 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3272 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3273 static inline typename
This::Status
3274 abs12(unsigned char* view
,
3275 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3276 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3278 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3279 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3280 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3281 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3282 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3283 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3284 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3285 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3286 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3287 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3288 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3291 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3292 static inline typename
This::Status
3293 abs16(unsigned char* view
,
3294 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3295 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3297 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3298 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3299 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<16, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
3300 int32_t addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
3301 Arm_address x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3302 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3303 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, val
);
3305 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3306 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3307 return ((signed_x
< -32768 || signed_x
> 65536)
3308 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3309 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3312 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3313 static inline typename
This::Status
3314 abs32(unsigned char* view
,
3315 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3316 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3317 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3319 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3320 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
3321 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3322 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, x
);
3323 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3326 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3327 static inline typename
This::Status
3328 rel32(unsigned char* view
,
3329 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3330 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3331 Arm_address address
,
3332 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3334 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3335 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
3336 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3337 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, x
);
3338 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3341 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3342 static typename
This::Status
3343 thm_jump19(unsigned char* view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3344 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3345 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3347 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3348 static inline typename
This::Status
3349 thm_jump6(unsigned char* view
,
3350 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3351 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3352 Arm_address address
)
3354 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3355 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3356 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3357 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3358 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3359 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3360 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3361 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3362 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3363 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3364 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3365 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3366 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3369 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3370 static inline typename
This::Status
3371 thm_jump8(unsigned char* view
,
3372 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3373 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3374 Arm_address address
)
3376 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3377 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3378 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3379 int32_t addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3380 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3381 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, ((val
& 0xff00)
3382 | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1)));
3383 // We do a 9-bit overflow check because x is right-shifted by 1 bit.
3384 return (utils::has_overflow
<9>(x
)
3385 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3386 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3389 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3390 static inline typename
This::Status
3391 thm_jump11(unsigned char* view
,
3392 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3393 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3394 Arm_address address
)
3396 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3397 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3398 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3399 int32_t addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3400 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3401 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, ((val
& 0xf800)
3402 | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1)));
3403 // We do a 12-bit overflow check because x is right-shifted by 1 bit.
3404 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3405 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3406 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3409 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3410 static inline typename
This::Status
3411 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3413 Arm_address address
)
3415 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3419 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3420 static inline typename
This::Status
3421 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3424 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3428 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3429 static inline typename
This::Status
3430 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3431 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3433 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3434 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3437 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3438 static inline typename
This::Status
3439 got_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3440 Arm_address got_entry
,
3441 Arm_address address
)
3443 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3444 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3447 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3448 static inline typename
This::Status
3449 prel31(unsigned char* view
,
3450 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3451 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3452 Arm_address address
,
3453 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3455 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3456 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
3457 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
3458 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3459 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3460 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, val
);
3461 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
3462 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3465 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3466 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3467 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3468 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3469 static inline typename
This::Status
3470 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3471 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3472 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3473 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3474 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3475 bool check_overflow
)
3477 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3478 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3479 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3480 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3481 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3482 - relative_address_base
);
3483 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3484 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3485 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3486 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3487 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3490 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3491 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3492 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3493 static inline typename
This::Status
3494 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3495 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3496 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3497 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3499 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3500 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3501 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3502 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3503 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3504 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3505 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3506 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3507 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3510 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3511 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3512 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3513 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3514 static inline typename
This::Status
3515 thm_movw(unsigned char* view
,
3516 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3517 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3518 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3519 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3520 bool check_overflow
)
3522 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3523 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3524 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3525 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3526 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3527 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3529 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3530 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3531 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3532 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3533 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3534 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3535 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3538 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3539 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3540 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3541 static inline typename
This::Status
3542 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3543 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3544 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3545 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3547 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3548 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3549 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3550 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3551 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3552 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3553 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3554 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3555 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3556 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3557 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3560 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3561 static inline typename
This::Status
3562 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3563 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3564 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3565 Arm_address address
,
3566 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3568 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3569 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3570 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3571 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3572 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3574 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3575 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3576 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3577 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3578 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3579 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3580 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3581 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3583 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3584 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3585 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3586 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3587 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3588 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3589 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3590 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3591 // Apply a sign to the added.
3594 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3595 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3596 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3597 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3598 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3599 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3601 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3602 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3603 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3604 // place is negative.
3608 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3609 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3610 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3611 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3614 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3615 static inline typename
This::Status
3616 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3617 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3618 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3619 Arm_address address
)
3621 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3622 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3623 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3624 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3625 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3626 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3627 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3628 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3630 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3631 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3632 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3633 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3636 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3637 static inline typename
This::Status
3638 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3639 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3640 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3641 Arm_address address
)
3643 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3644 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3645 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3646 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3647 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3648 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3649 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3650 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3651 // Apply a sign to the added.
3654 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3655 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3656 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3657 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3658 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3659 // place is positive.
3663 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3664 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3665 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3666 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3670 static inline typename
This::Status
3671 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3672 unsigned char* view
,
3673 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3674 const Arm_address address
,
3675 const bool is_interworking
)
3678 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3679 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3680 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3682 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3683 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3684 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3685 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3687 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3688 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3689 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3691 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3692 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3694 int32_t veneer_address
=
3695 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3696 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3697 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3698 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3699 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3700 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3704 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3705 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3706 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3708 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3709 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3712 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3713 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3714 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3715 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3716 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3717 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3718 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3719 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3720 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3721 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3722 static inline typename
This::Status
3723 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3724 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3725 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3727 Arm_address address
,
3728 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3729 bool check_overflow
)
3731 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3732 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3733 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3734 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3736 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3737 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3738 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3739 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3740 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3742 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3743 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3744 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3745 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3746 // Initial addend value.
3747 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3748 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3749 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3750 // Apply a sign to the added.
3753 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3754 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3755 // Check for overflow if required
3757 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3758 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3760 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3761 // not to destroy the S bit.
3763 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3764 // place is negative.
3765 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3766 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3769 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3770 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3773 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3774 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3775 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3776 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3777 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3778 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3779 static inline typename
This::Status
3780 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3781 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3782 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3784 Arm_address address
)
3786 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3787 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3788 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3789 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3791 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3792 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3793 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3794 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3796 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3797 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3798 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3800 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3802 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3807 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3808 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3811 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3812 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3813 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3814 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3815 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3816 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3817 static inline typename
This::Status
3818 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3819 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3820 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3822 Arm_address address
)
3824 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3825 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3826 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3827 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3829 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3830 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3831 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3832 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3834 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3835 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3836 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3838 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3840 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3843 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3845 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3846 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3849 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3850 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3851 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3852 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3853 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3854 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3855 static inline typename
This::Status
3856 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3857 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3858 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3860 Arm_address address
)
3862 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3863 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3864 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3865 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3867 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3868 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3869 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3870 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3872 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3873 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3874 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3876 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3878 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3881 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3883 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3884 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3888 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3889 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3890 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3891 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3892 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3894 template<bool big_endian
>
3895 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3896 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3897 unsigned int r_type
,
3898 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3899 unsigned char* view
,
3900 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3901 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3903 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3904 Arm_address address
,
3905 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3906 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3908 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3909 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3910 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3912 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3913 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3914 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3915 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3916 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3917 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3918 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3920 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3921 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3923 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3924 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3926 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3928 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3929 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3931 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3933 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3934 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3936 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3938 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3939 // than it being obsolete.
3940 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3941 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3946 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3947 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3948 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3949 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3950 // on the architecture.
3951 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3952 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3953 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3955 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
3956 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3957 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3958 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3960 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3961 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3962 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3965 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3966 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3967 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3969 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3971 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_v5t_interworking();
3972 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3974 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
3975 && (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3976 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0)
3977 && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
))))
3979 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3981 Stub_type stub_type
=
3982 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3983 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3985 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3987 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3988 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3989 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3991 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3992 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3993 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3994 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3995 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3996 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3997 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
));
4001 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4002 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4006 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
4007 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
4010 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
4011 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4012 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
4013 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4016 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
4017 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
4018 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4019 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4020 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4022 template<bool big_endian
>
4023 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
4024 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
4025 unsigned int r_type
,
4026 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4027 unsigned char* view
,
4028 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
4029 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
4031 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
4032 Arm_address address
,
4033 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
4034 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
4036 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4037 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4038 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4039 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4041 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
4043 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
4044 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
4046 // Check that the instruction is valid.
4047 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
4049 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
4050 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4052 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4054 // This cannot be a BLX.
4056 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4058 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
4060 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
4062 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4065 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
4066 "thumb function '%s'."),
4067 object
->name().c_str(),
4068 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
4069 // Convert BLX to BL.
4070 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4076 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
4077 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
4078 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
4079 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
4080 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
4081 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
4082 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
4084 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
4085 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
4087 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
4088 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
4092 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
4093 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
4095 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4098 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4099 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4101 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
4102 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4103 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4104 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4106 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4108 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
4110 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
4111 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
4112 && ((!thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
4113 || (thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
))
4114 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
4115 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4116 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4118 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
4120 Stub_type stub_type
=
4121 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
4122 unadjusted_branch_target
,
4125 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
4127 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
4128 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
4129 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
4131 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
4132 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
4133 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
4134 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
4135 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
4136 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4137 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4138 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4142 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4143 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4146 gold_assert(may_use_blx
4147 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
4148 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
4149 // Make sure this is a BLX.
4150 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
4154 // Make sure this is a BL.
4155 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4158 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
4159 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
4160 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
4161 // 1 of the base address.
4162 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
4163 gold_assert((branch_offset
& 3) == 0);
4165 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
4166 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
4167 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
4168 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4169 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4171 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4172 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4174 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
4177 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
4178 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
4179 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4180 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4183 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
4184 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4185 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4186 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4188 template<bool big_endian
>
4189 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
4190 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
4191 unsigned char* view
,
4192 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
4193 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
4194 Arm_address address
,
4195 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
4197 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4198 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4199 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4200 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4201 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4203 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4204 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4206 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
4207 // use this for tail calls.
4208 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
4211 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
4212 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4215 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
4216 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4217 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4219 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
4220 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4221 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4223 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
4224 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4225 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4228 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
4230 template<bool big_endian
>
4231 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
4232 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
4234 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
4236 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
4238 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
4240 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4241 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4242 this->got_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
4244 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
4245 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
4246 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
4248 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
4249 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4250 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4251 this->got_plt_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
4253 // The first three entries are reserved.
4254 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4256 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4257 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
4258 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4260 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
4262 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
4268 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4270 template<bool big_endian
>
4271 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4272 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
4274 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
4276 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
4277 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
4278 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
4279 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
,
4280 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS
, false);
4282 return this->rel_dyn_
;
4285 // Insn_template methods.
4287 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4290 Insn_template::size() const
4292 switch (this->type())
4295 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4306 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4309 Insn_template::alignment() const
4311 switch (this->type())
4314 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4325 // Stub_template methods.
4327 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4328 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4330 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4331 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4335 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4336 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4338 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4339 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4340 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4341 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4342 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4344 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4345 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4347 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4350 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4351 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4352 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4354 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4357 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4358 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4360 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4361 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4364 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4365 // Entry point cannot be data.
4366 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4367 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4373 offset
+= insn_size
;
4375 this->size_
= offset
;
4380 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianness.
4382 template<bool big_endian
>
4384 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4386 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4387 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4389 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4390 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4391 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4393 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4395 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4396 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4398 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4399 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4401 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4403 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4405 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4406 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4407 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4408 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4411 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4412 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4413 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4418 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4420 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4423 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4425 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4428 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4430 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4432 // Global symbol key name
4433 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4434 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4435 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4436 // to the symbol name size.
4437 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4438 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4439 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4440 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4441 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4443 return std::string(buffer
);
4447 // local symbol key name
4448 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4449 const size_t len
= 200;
4451 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4452 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4453 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4454 return std::string(buffer
);
4458 // Reloc_stub methods.
4460 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4461 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4462 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4463 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a little to keep the Stub
4467 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4468 unsigned int r_type
,
4469 Arm_address location
,
4470 Arm_address destination
,
4471 bool target_is_thumb
)
4473 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4475 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4476 // big and little endianities.
4478 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4481 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4483 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4484 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4485 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4486 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4487 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4488 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4492 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4493 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4494 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4495 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4496 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4497 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4500 int64_t branch_offset
;
4501 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4503 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4504 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4505 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && may_use_blx
&& !target_is_thumb
)
4506 destination
= utils::bit_select(destination
, location
, 0x2);
4507 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4509 // Handle cases where:
4510 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4512 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4513 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4515 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4516 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4518 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4519 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4520 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4521 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4522 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4524 if (target_is_thumb
)
4529 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4530 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4533 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4534 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4535 // we must be able to switch mode before
4536 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4537 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4538 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4539 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4540 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4544 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4545 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4546 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4550 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4551 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4552 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4553 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4560 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4561 // object that has interwork enabled.
4563 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4564 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4567 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4568 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4569 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4573 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4574 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4575 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4577 // Handle v4t short branches.
4578 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4579 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4580 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4581 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4585 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4586 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4587 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4589 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4590 if (target_is_thumb
)
4594 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4595 // object that has interwork enabled.
4597 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4598 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4599 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4600 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4601 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4602 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4603 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4605 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4606 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4609 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4610 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4614 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4615 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4621 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4622 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4624 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4625 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4626 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4627 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4635 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4637 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4638 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4641 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4643 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4644 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4646 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4648 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4649 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4650 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4654 // Stub_factory methods.
4656 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4658 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4659 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4661 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4662 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4663 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4665 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4666 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4667 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4670 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4672 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4674 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4675 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4676 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4677 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4680 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4681 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4683 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4684 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4685 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4686 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4687 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4688 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4689 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4690 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4693 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4695 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4697 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4698 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4699 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4700 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4701 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4702 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4705 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4707 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4709 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4710 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4711 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4712 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4713 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4716 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4717 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4718 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4720 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4721 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4722 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4725 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4726 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4727 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4729 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4730 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4731 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4732 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4735 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4736 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4737 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4739 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4741 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4742 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4743 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4744 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4745 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4748 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4749 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4751 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4752 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4753 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4754 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4755 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4758 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4759 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4761 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4762 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4763 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4764 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4765 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4766 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4769 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4771 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4773 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4774 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4775 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4776 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4777 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4778 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4779 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4780 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4783 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4785 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4787 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4788 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4789 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4790 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4791 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4792 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4793 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4796 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4798 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4799 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4806 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4808 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4809 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4810 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4814 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4816 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4818 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4821 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4823 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4826 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4827 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4828 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4829 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4831 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4834 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4835 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4836 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4838 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4839 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4840 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4843 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4844 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4845 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4847 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4848 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4850 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4854 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4855 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4856 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4857 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4865 // Stub_table methods.
4867 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stub.
4869 template<bool big_endian
>
4871 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4873 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4874 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4877 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4880 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4882 template<bool big_endian
>
4884 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4886 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4887 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4888 Output_section
* output_section
,
4889 unsigned char* view
,
4890 Arm_address address
,
4891 section_size_type view_size
)
4893 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4894 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4896 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4897 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4898 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4899 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4901 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4902 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4906 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4908 template<bool big_endian
>
4910 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4911 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4912 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4913 Output_section
* output_section
,
4914 unsigned char* view
,
4915 Arm_address address
,
4916 section_size_type view_size
)
4918 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4920 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4922 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4924 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4925 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4926 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4928 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4929 address
, view_size
);
4931 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4932 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4933 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4935 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4936 address
, view_size
);
4938 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4939 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4940 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4944 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4945 address
, view_size
);
4949 // Write out the stubs to file.
4951 template<bool big_endian
>
4953 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4955 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4956 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4957 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4958 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4960 // Write relocation stubs.
4961 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4962 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4965 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4966 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4968 == align_address(address
,
4969 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4970 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4974 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4975 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4976 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4979 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4980 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4982 == align_address(address
,
4983 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4984 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4988 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4989 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4990 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4996 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4998 == align_address(address
,
4999 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
5000 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
5004 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5007 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
5008 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
5009 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
5011 template<bool big_endian
>
5013 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
5015 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
5016 off_t size
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
5017 unsigned addralign
= this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
5019 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
5020 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
5023 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
5024 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
5025 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
5026 + stub_template
->size());
5029 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5030 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5036 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5037 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
5038 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
5039 + stub_template
->size());
5042 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
5043 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
5044 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
5045 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
5046 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
5048 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
5050 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
5055 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
5056 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
5058 template<bool big_endian
>
5060 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
5062 off_t off
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
5063 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
5064 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
5067 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5068 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
5069 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5070 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5071 stub
->set_offset(off
);
5072 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5074 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
5075 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
5076 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5077 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
5078 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
5081 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5082 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5088 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5089 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5090 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5091 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
5092 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5095 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
5098 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
5099 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
5100 // of the address range seen by the linker.
5102 template<bool big_endian
>
5104 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
5105 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5106 unsigned char* view
,
5107 Arm_address view_address
,
5108 section_size_type view_size
)
5110 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
5111 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
5112 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
5113 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
5114 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
5117 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
5118 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
5119 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
5120 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5121 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
5123 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
5124 section_size_type offset
=
5125 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
5126 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
5128 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
5129 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
5133 // Arm_input_section methods.
5135 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
5137 template<bool big_endian
>
5139 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
5141 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
5142 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
5144 // We have to cache original size, alignment and contents to avoid locking
5145 // the original file.
5146 this->original_addralign_
=
5147 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
));
5149 // This is not efficient but we expect only a small number of relaxed
5150 // input sections for stubs.
5151 section_size_type section_size
;
5152 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5153 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5154 this->original_size_
=
5155 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_size(shndx
));
5157 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
== NULL
);
5158 this->original_contents_
= new unsigned char[section_size
];
5159 memcpy(this->original_contents_
, section_contents
, section_size
);
5161 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
5162 // output sections are finalized.
5163 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
5164 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
5165 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
5166 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
5167 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
5169 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
5170 this->finalize_data_size();
5173 template<bool big_endian
>
5175 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5177 // We have to write out the original section content.
5178 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
!= NULL
);
5179 of
->write(this->offset(), this->original_contents_
,
5180 this->original_size_
);
5182 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
5183 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
5184 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
5187 // Finalize data size.
5189 template<bool big_endian
>
5191 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
5193 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5195 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5197 this->stub_table_
->finalize_data_size();
5198 off
= align_address(off
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
5199 off
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
5201 this->set_data_size(off
);
5204 // Reset address and file offset.
5206 template<bool big_endian
>
5208 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
5210 // Size of the original input section contents.
5211 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5213 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
5214 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5216 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
5218 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
5219 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
5220 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5221 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
5222 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
5225 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
5228 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
5230 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianness.
5232 template<bool big_endian
>
5234 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
5236 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5237 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
5238 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5240 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5242 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
5243 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5245 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5246 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
5247 Arm_address output_offset
=
5248 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
5249 Arm_address section_start
;
5250 section_size_type section_size
;
5252 // Find out the end of the text section referred by this.
5253 if (output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
5255 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
5256 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5257 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(this->shndx_
);
5258 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5260 convert_to_section_size_type(exidx_input_section
->text_size());
5264 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5265 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5266 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
5267 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5268 section_start
= poris
->address();
5269 section_size
= convert_to_section_size_type(poris
->data_size());
5272 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5273 Arm_address output_address
= section_start
+ section_size
;
5275 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5276 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5277 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5278 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
5279 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
5280 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5281 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(oview
,
5282 prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
5283 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(oview
+ 4,
5284 elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5286 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5289 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5291 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5292 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5293 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5294 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5295 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5297 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5298 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5299 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5300 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5301 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5302 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5303 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5304 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5305 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5307 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5309 gold_assert(deleted_bytes
!= 0
5310 && deleted_bytes
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5312 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5313 uint32_t size
= exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
;
5314 this->set_data_size(size
);
5315 this->fix_data_size();
5317 // Allocate buffer for section contents and build contents.
5318 this->section_contents_
= new unsigned char[size
];
5321 // Build the contents of a merged EXIDX output section.
5324 Arm_exidx_merged_section::build_contents(
5325 const unsigned char* original_contents
,
5326 section_size_type original_size
)
5328 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5330 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5331 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5332 section_offset_type in_max
=
5333 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(original_size
);
5334 section_offset_type out_max
=
5335 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->data_size());
5336 for (Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5337 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5338 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5341 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5342 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5343 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5344 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5347 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5348 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5350 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
5351 && in_end
< in_max
&& out_end
< out_max
);
5353 memcpy(this->section_contents_
+ out_start
,
5354 original_contents
+ in_start
,
5356 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5358 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5362 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5363 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5364 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5365 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5366 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5367 // this input offset is being discarded.
5370 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5371 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5373 section_offset_type offset
,
5374 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5376 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5377 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5378 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5381 section_offset_type section_size
=
5382 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5383 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5384 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5388 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5389 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5390 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5391 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5392 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5394 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5395 // input offset is in the valid range.
5396 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5398 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5399 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5400 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5402 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5403 // Offset is present in output.
5404 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5406 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5413 // Write this to output file OF.
5416 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5418 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5419 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5420 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5422 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5423 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5425 memcpy(oview
, this->section_contents_
, oview_size
);
5426 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5429 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5431 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5432 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5433 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5436 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5438 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5439 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5441 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5442 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5443 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5444 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5445 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5446 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5450 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5451 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5455 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5458 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5460 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5461 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5462 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5464 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5466 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5467 delete_entry
= (merge_exidx_entries_
5468 && this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5469 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5470 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5471 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5475 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5476 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5477 delete_entry
= false;
5478 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5480 return delete_entry
;
5483 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5484 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5485 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5486 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5487 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5490 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5491 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5492 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5495 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5496 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5497 section_offset_type output_offset
;
5499 output_offset
= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
;
5501 output_offset
= input_offset
- deleted_bytes
;
5502 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5505 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5506 // bytes deleted. SECTION_CONTENTS points to the contents of the EXIDX
5507 // section and SECTION_SIZE is the number of bytes pointed by SECTION_CONTENTS.
5508 // If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly created
5509 // Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller
5510 // owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5512 template<bool big_endian
>
5514 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5515 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5516 const unsigned char* section_contents
,
5517 section_size_type section_size
,
5518 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5520 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5521 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5523 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5525 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5526 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5527 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5528 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5529 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5533 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5534 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5535 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5537 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5539 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5541 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5542 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5544 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5546 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5547 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5548 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5549 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5550 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5551 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5552 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5553 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5554 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Otherwise, y1
5556 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5557 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5559 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5563 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5566 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5568 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5569 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5571 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5572 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5573 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5575 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5576 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5577 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5578 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5580 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5581 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5582 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5583 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5586 return deleted_bytes
;
5589 // Arm_output_section methods.
5591 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5592 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5594 template<bool big_endian
>
5596 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5597 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5598 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5599 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5600 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5601 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
,
5604 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5605 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5606 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5607 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5608 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5610 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5611 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5612 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5615 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5616 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5619 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5620 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5624 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5625 // Create a new relaxed input section. We need to lock the original
5627 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, owner
->relobj());
5629 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5630 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5633 // Create a stub table.
5634 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5635 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5637 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5639 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5640 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5642 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5645 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5647 // The stub table information for input sections live
5648 // in their objects.
5649 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5650 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5651 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5655 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5658 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5659 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5660 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5661 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5662 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5664 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5665 // implemented differently.
5667 template<bool big_endian
>
5669 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5670 section_size_type group_size
,
5671 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5672 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5675 // We only care about sections containing code.
5676 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5679 // States for grouping.
5682 // No group is being built.
5684 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5685 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5686 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5687 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5688 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5689 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5690 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5694 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5695 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5697 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5698 section_size_type off
= 0;
5699 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5700 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5701 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5702 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5703 this->input_sections().end();
5704 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5705 this->input_sections().end();
5706 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5707 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5708 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5711 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5712 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5713 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5714 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5716 // Check to see if we should group the previously seen sections.
5722 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5723 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5724 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5726 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5728 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5729 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5730 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
,
5736 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5737 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5738 // handled by it too.
5739 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5740 stub_table
= group_end
;
5741 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5746 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5747 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5749 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5751 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5752 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5753 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
5762 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5763 // a new one. Skip any empty sections. We look at the data size
5764 // instead of calling p->relobj()->section_size() to avoid locking.
5765 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5766 && (p
->data_size() != 0))
5768 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5770 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5772 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5775 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5777 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5780 off
= section_end_offset
;
5783 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5784 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5786 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5787 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5788 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5791 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
5794 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5795 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5796 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5798 // Update the section offsets
5799 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5801 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5802 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5803 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5804 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5805 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5806 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5810 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5811 // order of their position in this.
5813 template<bool big_endian
>
5815 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5816 Text_section_list
* list
)
5818 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5820 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5821 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5824 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5825 // ignore any merged sections.
5826 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5827 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5832 template<bool big_endian
>
5834 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5836 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5837 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5838 bool merge_exidx_entries
,
5841 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5842 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5844 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5845 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5846 this->discard_states();
5848 // Remove all input sections.
5849 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5850 typedef std::list
<Output_section::Input_section
> Input_section_list
;
5851 Input_section_list input_sections
;
5852 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5853 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5855 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5856 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5858 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5859 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5860 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
, const Output_section::Input_section
*,
5861 Section_id_hash
> Text_to_exidx_map
;
5862 Text_to_exidx_map text_to_exidx_map
;
5863 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5864 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5867 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5868 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5869 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5870 text_to_exidx_map
[Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx())] = &(*p
);
5873 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this, merge_exidx_entries
);
5875 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5876 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5877 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5878 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5879 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5882 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5883 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5885 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5886 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5887 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5888 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5890 // If this text section has no EXIDX section or if the EXIDX section
5891 // has errors, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing to the end
5892 // of the last seen EXIDX section.
5893 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
|| exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5895 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5899 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5900 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5901 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5902 Text_to_exidx_map::const_iterator iter
= text_to_exidx_map
.find(sid
);
5903 if (iter
== text_to_exidx_map
.end())
5905 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5906 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5907 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5908 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5909 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5910 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5911 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5912 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5914 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5915 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5916 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5918 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5922 // We need to access the contents of the EXIDX section, lock the
5924 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, exidx_relobj
);
5925 section_size_type exidx_size
;
5926 const unsigned char* exidx_contents
=
5927 exidx_relobj
->section_contents(exidx_shndx
, &exidx_size
, false);
5929 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5930 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5931 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5932 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5935 §ion_offset_map
);
5937 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5939 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5940 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5941 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5943 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5944 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5945 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5947 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5949 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5950 // section into a relaxed section.
5951 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5953 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5954 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5955 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5956 merged_section
->build_contents(exidx_contents
, exidx_size
);
5958 const std::string secname
= exidx_relobj
->section_name(exidx_shndx
);
5959 this->add_relaxed_input_section(layout
, merged_section
, secname
);
5960 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5962 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5963 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5965 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5969 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5970 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5971 const Output_section::Input_section
* pis
= iter
->second
;
5972 gold_assert(pis
->is_input_section());
5973 this->add_script_input_section(*pis
);
5976 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5979 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5980 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5982 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5983 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5984 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5987 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5988 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5990 // We discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5991 // text section has been folded by ICF. We also discard an
5992 // EXIDX section with error, the output does not matter in this
5993 // case. We do this to avoid triggering asserts.
5994 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5995 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5996 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5997 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5998 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5999 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
6001 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
6002 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
6005 // Remove this from link. We also need to recount the
6007 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
6008 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
6012 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
6013 // set correct entry size.
6014 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
6015 this->set_entsize(8);
6017 // Make changes permanent.
6018 this->save_states();
6019 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
6022 // Link EXIDX output sections to text output sections.
6024 template<bool big_endian
>
6026 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::set_exidx_section_link()
6028 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
6029 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
6031 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
6032 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
6033 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
6034 unsigned exidx_shndx
= p
->shndx();
6035 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6036 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(exidx_shndx
);
6037 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
6038 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
6039 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
6040 this->set_link_section(os
);
6044 // Arm_relobj methods.
6046 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
6047 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
6048 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
6049 // look up ICF information.
6051 template<bool big_endian
>
6053 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
6054 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6056 const Output_section
* os
,
6057 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6059 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
6060 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
6061 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
6062 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
6063 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
6066 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
6067 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
6070 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
6071 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
6072 // we cannot handle.
6073 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6075 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6076 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6084 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
6085 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6087 template<bool big_endian
>
6089 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
6090 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6091 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
6092 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6093 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
6095 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6096 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6099 // Ignore empty section.
6100 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
6104 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
6105 // error will be reported in the final link.
6106 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
6109 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6110 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6111 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6113 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6115 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
6116 // The error will be reported in the final link.
6117 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
6120 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
6121 // reported in the final link.
6122 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6123 if (index
>= this->shnum())
6126 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6127 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
6128 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
6129 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
6132 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
6133 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
6134 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
6135 // for large output.
6137 template<bool big_endian
>
6139 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
6143 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6145 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6146 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6147 // We do not handle merged sections here.
6148 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6149 return poris
->address();
6152 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
6155 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
6156 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6158 template<bool big_endian
>
6160 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
6161 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6164 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6166 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
6169 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
6171 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6172 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
6178 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
6180 template<bool big_endian
>
6182 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
6183 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6186 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
6188 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
6190 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
6191 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
6192 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
6194 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
6195 // section. Issue a warning if section is marked as containing
6197 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
6199 if ((this->section_flags(shndx
) & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
6200 gold_warning(_("cannot scan executable section %u of %s for Cortex-A8 "
6201 "erratum because it has no mapping symbols."),
6202 shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6206 Arm_address output_address
=
6207 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6209 // Get the section contents.
6210 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6211 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6212 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
6214 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
6215 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
6216 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
6217 // to speed up the scanning.
6219 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6220 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6222 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
6223 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
6225 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
6226 if (p
->second
== 't')
6228 // Determine the end of this range.
6229 section_size_type span_start
=
6230 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
6231 section_size_type span_end
;
6232 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6233 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6234 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
6236 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6238 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
6239 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
6241 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
6242 span_start
, span_end
,
6252 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
6254 template<bool big_endian
>
6256 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
6257 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
6258 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6259 const Layout
* layout
)
6261 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6262 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6264 // Read the section headers.
6265 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6269 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
6270 // input offsets to output addresses.
6271 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
6273 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6275 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6276 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6277 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6278 relinfo
.object
= this;
6280 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
6281 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6282 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6284 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6285 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
6288 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6289 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
6290 Arm_address output_address
;
6291 if (output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
6292 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
6295 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
6296 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6297 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
6298 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6299 output_address
= poris
->address();
6302 // Get the relocations.
6303 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6307 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
6308 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
6309 // output view under such circumstances.
6310 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6311 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6312 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
6314 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
6315 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
6316 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6317 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6318 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6319 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6321 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6323 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
6324 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
6325 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
6327 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
6328 input_view
, output_address
,
6333 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
6334 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
6335 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
6336 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
6337 // scanning is done first.
6338 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
6340 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6341 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6343 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6344 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
6347 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
6352 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6353 // since we no longer need them.
6354 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6357 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6358 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6359 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6360 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6361 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6362 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6363 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol target hook inside
6364 // Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6366 template<bool big_endian
>
6368 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6369 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6370 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6372 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6375 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6376 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6377 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6381 // Initialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6382 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6383 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6385 // Read the symbol table section header.
6386 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6387 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6388 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6389 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6391 // Read the local symbols.
6392 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6393 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6394 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6395 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6396 locsize
, true, true);
6398 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6399 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6400 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6402 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6406 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6407 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6408 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6410 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6411 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6414 const char* pnames
=
6415 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6416 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6419 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6420 // to THUMB functions.
6422 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6424 typename Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6425 this->local_values();
6426 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6428 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6429 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6430 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6431 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6433 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6434 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6435 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6438 unsigned int input_shndx
=
6439 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6440 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6442 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6443 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6444 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6447 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6448 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6450 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6451 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6452 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6453 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6454 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6459 // Relocate sections.
6460 template<bool big_endian
>
6462 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6463 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6464 const Layout
* layout
,
6465 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6467 typename Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6469 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6470 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
,
6471 pshdrs
, of
, pviews
);
6473 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6474 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6477 // Relocate stub tables.
6478 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6480 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6481 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6483 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6484 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6485 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6486 relinfo
.object
= this;
6488 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6490 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6491 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6493 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6494 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6495 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6497 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6498 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6499 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6501 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6502 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6503 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6504 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6506 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6508 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6510 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6511 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6512 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6513 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6515 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6516 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6517 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6518 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6520 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6524 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6525 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6527 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6528 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6529 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6530 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6532 // Adjust view to cover section.
6533 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6534 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6535 Arm_address section_address
=
6536 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6537 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6539 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6540 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6541 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6543 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6545 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6546 // corresponding to this input section.
6547 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6556 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the first
6557 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6558 // must be linked to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6559 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6560 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6561 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6562 // discover the linked code section.
6564 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6565 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6566 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6569 template<bool big_endian
>
6571 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6572 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6573 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6574 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6576 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6578 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6580 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6581 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6583 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6584 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6586 // Get the relocations.
6587 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6588 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6590 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6591 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6593 Arm_address r_offset
;
6594 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6595 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6597 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6598 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6599 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6603 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6604 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6605 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6608 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6609 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6612 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6614 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6618 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6619 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6620 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6621 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6622 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6626 this->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6627 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6637 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6638 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6639 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6641 template<bool big_endian
>
6643 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6645 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6646 unsigned int text_shndx
,
6647 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
)
6649 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6650 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6651 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6652 shdr
.get_sh_addralign(),
6653 text_shdr
.get_sh_size());
6655 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6656 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6658 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
|| text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6660 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to invalid section %u in %s"),
6661 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
, text_shndx
,
6662 this->name().c_str());
6663 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6665 else if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6667 unsigned other_exidx_shndx
=
6668 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx();
6669 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %s(%u) and %s(%u) both link to text section"
6671 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6672 this->section_name(other_exidx_shndx
).c_str(),
6673 other_exidx_shndx
, this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(),
6674 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6675 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6678 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6680 // Check section flags of text section.
6681 if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
6683 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-allocated section %s(%u) "
6685 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6686 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6687 this->name().c_str());
6688 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6690 else if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
6691 // I would like to make this an error but currently ld just ignores
6693 gold_warning(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-executable section "
6695 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6696 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6697 this->name().c_str());
6700 // Read the symbol information.
6702 template<bool big_endian
>
6704 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6706 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6707 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6709 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
6710 // specific flags and attributes section.
6711 Input_file::Format format
= this->input_file()->format();
6712 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
6714 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
6715 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6719 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6720 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6721 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6723 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6724 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6726 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6728 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6729 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6730 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6731 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6732 bool must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= false;
6733 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6735 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6737 // Sometimes an object has no contents except the section name string
6738 // table and an empty symbol table with the undefined symbol. We
6739 // don't want to merge processor-specific flags from such an object.
6740 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
)
6742 // Symbol table is not empty.
6743 const elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword sym_size
=
6744 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6745 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() > sym_size
)
6746 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6748 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6749 // If this is neither an empty symbol table nor a string table,
6751 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6753 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6755 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6756 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6757 section_size_type section_size
=
6758 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6759 const unsigned char* view
=
6760 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
6761 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6762 new Attributes_section_data(view
, section_size
);
6764 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6766 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6767 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6768 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6771 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6772 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6773 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6775 // EHABI 4.4.1 requires that SHF_LINK_ORDER flag to be set.
6776 if ((shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
) == 0)
6777 gold_warning(_("SHF_LINK_ORDER not set in EXIDX section %s of %s"),
6778 this->section_name(i
).c_str(), this->name().c_str());
6783 if (!must_merge_flags_and_attributes
)
6785 gold_assert(deferred_exidx_sections
.empty());
6786 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6790 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6791 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6792 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6794 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6795 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6796 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6797 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6798 // want to slow down the most common path.
6799 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6800 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6801 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6802 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6804 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6805 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6806 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6808 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6809 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6810 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6812 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6813 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6814 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6816 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6818 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6822 // Read the symbol table section header.
6823 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6824 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6825 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6826 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6828 // Read the local symbols.
6829 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6830 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6831 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6832 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6833 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6834 locsize
, true, true);
6836 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6837 for (unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6839 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6840 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6841 unsigned int text_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6842 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6843 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end())
6844 find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6845 psyms
, &text_shndx
);
6846 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6847 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6848 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6853 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6854 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6855 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implicit
6856 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6857 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6858 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6860 template<bool big_endian
>
6862 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6864 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6866 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6867 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6869 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6870 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6871 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6874 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6875 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6876 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6880 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6881 // to these from the linked text sections.
6882 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6883 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6885 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6886 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6888 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6889 // sections from its linked text section.
6890 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6891 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6896 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6897 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6898 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6899 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6901 template<bool big_endian
>
6903 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6905 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6906 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6907 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6909 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6910 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6912 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6916 // Read the symbol table section header.
6917 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6918 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6919 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6920 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6922 // Read the local symbols.
6923 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6924 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6925 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6926 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6927 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6928 locsize
, true, true);
6930 // Loop over the local symbols.
6932 typedef typename Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6934 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6935 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6936 unsigned int count
= 0;
6937 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6939 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6941 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6943 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6945 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6946 if (lv
.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv
.has_output_symtab_entry())
6950 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6955 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6957 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6960 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6964 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6965 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6966 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6967 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6968 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6970 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6971 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6972 if (output_offset
== -1)
6974 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6975 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6976 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6985 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6986 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6989 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6991 // Read the symbol information.
6993 template<bool big_endian
>
6995 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6997 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6998 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
7000 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
7001 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
7002 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
7004 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
7005 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
7007 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
7008 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
7009 // the section headers.
7010 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
7011 const unsigned char* ps
=
7012 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
7013 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
7015 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
7016 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
7018 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
7019 section_size_type section_size
=
7020 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
7021 const unsigned char* view
=
7022 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
7023 this->attributes_section_data_
=
7024 new Attributes_section_data(view
, section_size
);
7030 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
7032 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
7034 template<bool big_endian
>
7035 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
7036 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
7037 unsigned int r_type
,
7038 const unsigned char* view
,
7039 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
7041 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
7045 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7047 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7049 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7050 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7051 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7052 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
7055 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7057 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
7059 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7060 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7061 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7062 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
7063 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
7066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7068 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7069 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7070 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7071 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
7072 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
7080 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
7082 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
7083 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
7084 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
7085 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
7086 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
7088 template<bool big_endian
>
7090 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7091 unsigned int got_type
,
7094 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
7097 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7099 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7100 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
7101 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7102 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7103 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7107 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
7109 template<bool big_endian
>
7111 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7112 unsigned int got_type
,
7113 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7116 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
7119 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7121 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7122 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
7123 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7124 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7125 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7129 template<bool big_endian
>
7131 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7133 // Call parent to write out GOT.
7134 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
7136 // We are done if there is no fix up.
7137 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
7140 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
7142 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7143 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7144 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7145 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7147 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
7148 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7150 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
7151 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
7152 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7153 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7155 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
7157 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
7160 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
7162 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
7163 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
7164 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
7166 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7167 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
7169 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
7170 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
7172 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
7173 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
7174 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
7176 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
7177 " object %s in GOT"),
7178 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
7182 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
7186 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
7187 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
7188 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
7189 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
7191 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7192 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
7193 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
7194 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
7195 || gsym
->is_undefined())
7196 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7198 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
7203 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7205 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
7206 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
7207 value
= sym
->value();
7213 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
7214 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
7216 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7217 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
7219 switch (reloc
.r_type())
7221 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7224 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7225 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
7230 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
7233 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7236 // A class to handle the PLT data.
7238 template<bool big_endian
>
7239 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
7242 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
7245 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
7247 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7249 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
7251 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
7252 const Reloc_section
*
7254 { return this->rel_
; }
7256 // Return the number of PLT entries.
7259 { return this->count_
; }
7261 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7263 first_plt_entry_offset()
7264 { return sizeof(first_plt_entry
); }
7266 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
7268 get_plt_entry_size()
7269 { return sizeof(plt_entry
); }
7273 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
7275 // Write to a map file.
7277 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
7278 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
7281 // Template for the first PLT entry.
7282 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
7284 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
7285 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
7287 // Set the final size.
7289 set_final_data_size()
7291 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7292 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
7295 // Write out the PLT data.
7297 do_write(Output_file
*);
7299 // The reloc section.
7300 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
7301 // The .got.plt section.
7302 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
7303 // The number of PLT entries.
7304 unsigned int count_
;
7307 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
7308 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
7309 // section just for PLT entries.
7311 template<bool big_endian
>
7312 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
7313 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
7314 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
7316 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
7317 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7318 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
,
7319 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
7322 template<bool big_endian
>
7324 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
7329 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7331 template<bool big_endian
>
7333 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
7335 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
7337 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
7338 // reserved PLT entry.
7339 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
7340 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
7344 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
7346 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
7347 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
7348 // lazily when the function is called).
7349 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
7351 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
7352 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
7353 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
7356 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
7357 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
7358 // appear in the relocations.
7362 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
7363 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
7364 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
7366 // The first entry in the PLT.
7367 template<bool big_endian
>
7368 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
7370 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
7371 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
7372 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
7373 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
7374 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
7377 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
7379 template<bool big_endian
>
7380 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
7382 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
7383 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
7384 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
7387 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
7388 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
7389 // Processor Supplement.
7391 template<bool big_endian
>
7393 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7395 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7396 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7397 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7398 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7400 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
7401 const section_size_type got_size
=
7402 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
7403 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
7405 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
7407 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
7408 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
7410 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
7411 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7412 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
7413 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
7414 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
7415 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
7416 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
7417 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
7418 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7420 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
7422 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
7425 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
7426 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7427 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
7428 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
7429 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
7430 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
7433 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7435 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7436 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
7439 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7440 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
7441 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
7443 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
7444 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
7445 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
7446 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
7447 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
7448 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
7449 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
7451 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7452 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7455 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7456 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7458 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7459 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7462 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7464 template<bool big_endian
>
7466 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7469 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7472 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7474 // Create the GOT sections first.
7475 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7477 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7478 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7480 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7481 this->plt_
, ORDER_PLT
, false);
7483 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7486 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
7488 template<bool big_endian
>
7490 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_count() const
7492 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7494 return this->plt_
->entry_count();
7497 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7499 template<bool big_endian
>
7501 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
7503 return Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset();
7506 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
7508 template<bool big_endian
>
7510 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_size() const
7512 return Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::get_plt_entry_size();
7515 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7517 template<bool big_endian
>
7518 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7519 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7521 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7524 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7526 template<bool big_endian
>
7528 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7529 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7532 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7535 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7536 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7538 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7539 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7540 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7544 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7546 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7547 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7550 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7553 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7555 template<bool big_endian
>
7557 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7558 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7560 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7562 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7564 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7565 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7566 unsigned int got_offset
;
7567 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7569 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7570 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7571 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7576 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7578 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7581 got
->add_constant(0);
7582 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7584 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7587 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7588 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7589 // known at link time.
7591 template<bool big_endian
>
7592 tls::Tls_optimization
7593 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7595 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7596 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7599 // Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation.
7601 template<bool big_endian
>
7603 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type
)
7607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7611 // No symbol reference.
7614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7625 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
;
7627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7629 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7630 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7631 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7632 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7635 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7649 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7652 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7653 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7655 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7659 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7662 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7670 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7675 return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
7677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7686 // R_ARM_PREL31 is not used to relocate call/jump instructions but
7687 // in unwind tables. It may point to functions via PLTs.
7688 // So we treat it like call/jump relocations above.
7689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7690 return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
| Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
7692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
7694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7696 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
;
7698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7699 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7703 return Symbol::TLS_REF
;
7705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7711 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7712 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7713 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7716 // Not expected. We will give an error later.
7721 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7723 template<bool big_endian
>
7725 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7726 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7727 unsigned int r_type
)
7729 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7730 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7733 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7734 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7735 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7736 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7737 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7738 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7739 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7741 template<bool big_endian
>
7743 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7744 unsigned int r_type
)
7748 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7751 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7752 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7755 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7756 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7758 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7765 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7766 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7767 // error per object file.
7768 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7770 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7771 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7772 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7773 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7774 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7775 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7776 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7780 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7785 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7786 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7787 // on ARM v5te devices.
7789 template<bool big_endian
>
7791 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7794 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7795 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7796 Output_section
* output_section
,
7797 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7798 unsigned int r_type
,
7799 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
)
7801 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7804 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7805 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7806 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7807 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7810 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7811 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7812 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7813 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7814 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7815 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7816 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7817 // relocate it easily.
7818 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7820 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7821 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7822 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7823 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7824 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7825 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7826 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7831 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7832 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7835 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7836 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7837 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7838 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7839 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7840 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7841 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7842 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7843 // relocation statically.
7844 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7846 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7847 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7848 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7849 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7850 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7851 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7854 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7855 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7857 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7860 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7863 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7864 r_type
, output_section
,
7865 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7871 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7872 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7873 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7874 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7877 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7880 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7882 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7883 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7886 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7887 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7888 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7889 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7890 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7891 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7892 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7893 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7894 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7895 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7896 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7897 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7898 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7899 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7900 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7901 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7902 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7903 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7904 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7905 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7906 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7907 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7908 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7909 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7910 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7911 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7912 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7913 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7914 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7915 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7916 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7917 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7918 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7919 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7920 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7921 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7922 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7923 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7924 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7925 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7926 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7927 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7930 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7931 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7932 // We need a GOT section:
7933 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7936 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7937 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7939 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7940 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7941 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7942 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7943 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7945 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7946 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7947 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7949 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7950 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7951 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
7952 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7953 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7959 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7960 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7961 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7964 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7965 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7966 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7967 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7968 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7969 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7970 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7974 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7976 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7977 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7978 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7979 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7980 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7982 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
7983 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7984 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
7988 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7989 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7991 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7992 // dtv-relative offset.
7993 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7994 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7995 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7996 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7998 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
8001 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
8006 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8007 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
8009 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8010 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, 0);
8012 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
8016 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8021 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8023 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8024 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
8027 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8031 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8034 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8035 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8036 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8038 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8039 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8040 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8041 unsigned int r_sym
=
8042 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8043 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8044 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
8045 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8046 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
8047 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
8048 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
8050 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8051 unsigned int got_offset
=
8052 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8053 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
8054 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
8059 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8064 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8065 if (output_is_shared
)
8067 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8068 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
8069 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8070 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8071 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
8072 output_section
, data_shndx
,
8073 reloc
.get_r_offset());
8083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
8085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
8086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
8088 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
8093 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
8095 template<bool big_endian
>
8097 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
8098 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8099 unsigned int r_type
,
8102 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
8103 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
8106 template<bool big_endian
>
8108 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
8109 unsigned int r_type
)
8113 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8114 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8115 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8116 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8117 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8118 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8119 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8120 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8121 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8122 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8123 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8124 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8125 // All the relocations above are branches except SBREL31 and PREL31.
8129 // Be conservative and assume this is a function pointer.
8134 template<bool big_endian
>
8136 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8139 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8140 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*,
8143 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
8144 unsigned int r_type
,
8145 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
8147 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8148 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
8151 template<bool big_endian
>
8153 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8156 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8157 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*,
8160 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
8161 unsigned int r_type
,
8164 // GOT is not a function.
8165 if (strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8168 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8169 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
8172 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
8174 template<bool big_endian
>
8176 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8179 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8180 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8181 Output_section
* output_section
,
8182 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
8183 unsigned int r_type
,
8186 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
8187 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
8188 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
8189 if (!target
->has_got_section()
8190 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8191 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8193 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8196 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8197 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8198 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8199 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8202 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8203 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8204 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8205 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8206 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8207 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8208 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8209 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8210 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8211 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8212 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8213 // Absolute addressing relocations.
8215 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
8216 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
8218 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8219 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
8220 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
8221 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
8223 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
8224 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
8226 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8227 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8229 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
8231 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8232 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8234 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
8235 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
8236 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
8238 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8239 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
8240 output_section
, object
,
8241 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8245 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8246 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8247 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8248 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8254 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8255 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
8256 // We need a GOT section.
8257 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8262 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
8263 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8264 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8265 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8266 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8267 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8268 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8269 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8270 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
8272 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8273 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8275 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8278 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8279 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8280 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8284 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8285 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8286 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8287 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8289 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8290 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8291 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8292 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8293 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8294 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8295 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8297 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8298 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8300 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8301 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8302 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8303 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8304 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8305 // Relative addressing relocations.
8307 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8308 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8310 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
8312 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8313 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8317 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8318 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8319 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8320 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8326 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8327 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8328 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8329 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8330 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8331 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8332 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8333 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8334 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8335 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8336 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8337 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
8338 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
8339 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
8340 // call the personality routine and the dynamic linkers we care about
8341 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
8342 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
8343 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
8344 // a local section symbol.
8346 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
8347 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
8348 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8350 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
8351 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
8353 if (gsym
->is_defined()
8354 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8355 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
8357 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8360 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8361 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
8362 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8364 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
8365 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
8366 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8367 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8368 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
8371 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
8372 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
8373 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8374 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8375 || gsym
->is_undefined()
8376 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
8377 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
8378 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
8381 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
8382 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
8383 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
8384 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8390 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8391 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8392 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
8394 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
8395 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
8396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
8397 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
8398 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8399 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8400 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8401 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
8404 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8406 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8407 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8408 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8409 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8410 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8412 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
8413 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8414 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8417 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8418 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8420 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
8421 // dtv-relative offset.
8422 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8423 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8424 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8425 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
8426 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8427 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
8428 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
8430 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
8433 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8437 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8438 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8440 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8441 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
8444 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8448 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8451 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8452 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8453 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8455 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8456 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8457 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8458 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8459 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
8460 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8461 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
8462 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
8464 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8465 unsigned int got_offset
=
8466 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8467 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
8468 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
8472 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8476 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8477 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8478 if (parameters
->options().shared())
8480 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8481 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8482 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
8483 output_section
, object
,
8484 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8494 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8495 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
8496 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
8497 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
8499 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
8504 // Process relocations for gc.
8506 template<bool big_endian
>
8508 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(
8509 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8511 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8512 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8514 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8516 Output_section
* output_section
,
8517 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8518 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8519 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8521 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
8522 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8524 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
,
8525 typename
Target_arm::Relocatable_size_for_reloc
>(
8534 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8539 // Scan relocations for a section.
8541 template<bool big_endian
>
8543 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8545 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8546 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8547 unsigned int sh_type
,
8548 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8550 Output_section
* output_section
,
8551 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8552 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8553 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8555 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8556 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
8558 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
8559 object
->name().c_str());
8563 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
8572 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8577 // Finalize the sections.
8579 template<bool big_endian
>
8581 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
8583 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
8584 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
8586 bool merged_any_attributes
= false;
8587 // Merge processor-specific flags.
8588 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
8589 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
8592 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
8593 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
8594 if (arm_relobj
->merge_flags_and_attributes())
8596 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8598 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8599 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
8600 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
8601 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8605 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
8606 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
8609 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
8610 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
8611 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8613 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8614 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
8615 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
8616 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8619 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
8620 // at this moment. This happens if there is no attributes sections in all
8622 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
8623 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
8625 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
8626 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
8627 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
8628 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
8629 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
8632 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
8633 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
8635 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
8636 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
8637 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
8638 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
8639 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
8640 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
8643 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
8644 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8645 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8646 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8647 && !this->may_use_v4t_interworking())
8648 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8649 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8651 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8652 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8654 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8655 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
8656 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8658 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8660 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8661 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
8663 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8664 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8666 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8668 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8669 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8671 // Create __exidx_start and __exidx_end symbols.
8672 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8673 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8674 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8675 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
8677 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8678 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8679 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8680 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
8683 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8684 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8685 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8687 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0,
8690 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8691 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8692 exidx_segment
->add_output_section_to_nonload(exidx_section
,
8698 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8699 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8700 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8701 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8703 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8704 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8705 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8706 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8711 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if we have merged any attributes
8713 if (merged_any_attributes
)
8715 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8716 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8717 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8718 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8719 attributes_section
, ORDER_INVALID
,
8723 // Fix up links in section EXIDX headers.
8724 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
8725 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
8727 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8729 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* os
=
8730 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
8731 os
->set_exidx_section_link();
8735 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8736 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8737 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8738 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8739 // apply the static relocation.
8741 template<bool big_endian
>
8743 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8744 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8745 unsigned int r_type
,
8747 Output_section
* output_section
)
8749 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8750 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8752 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8755 int ref_flags
= Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
);
8757 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8758 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8759 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8760 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8762 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8763 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8766 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8767 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8768 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8770 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8771 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8772 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8773 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8774 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8777 // Perform a relocation.
8779 template<bool big_endian
>
8781 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8782 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8784 Output_section
* output_section
,
8786 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8787 unsigned int r_type
,
8788 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8789 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8790 unsigned char* view
,
8791 Arm_address address
,
8792 section_size_type view_size
)
8794 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8796 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8797 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8798 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8799 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8801 std::string reloc_name
=
8802 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8803 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8804 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8805 reloc_name
.c_str());
8809 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8810 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8812 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8813 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8814 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8815 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8816 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8817 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8818 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8820 // If the relocation uses the GOT entry of a symbol instead of the symbol
8821 // itself, we don't care about whether the symbol is defined or what kind
8823 if (reloc_property
->uses_got_entry())
8825 // Get the GOT offset.
8826 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8827 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8828 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8829 // TODO: We should move GOT offset computing code in TLS relocations
8833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8837 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8838 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8839 - target
->got_size());
8843 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8844 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
8845 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8846 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8847 - target
->got_size());
8849 have_got_offset
= true;
8856 else if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8860 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8861 // final target is THUMB.
8862 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8864 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8865 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8866 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8869 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8871 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8872 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8873 // be converted into an NOP.
8874 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8876 else if (gsym
->is_undefined() && reloc_property
->uses_symbol())
8878 // This relocation uses the symbol value but the symbol is
8879 // undefined. Exit early and have the caller reporting an
8885 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8886 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8887 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8889 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8890 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8891 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8892 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8899 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8900 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8901 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8902 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8903 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8908 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8909 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8910 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8911 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8914 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8916 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8917 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8919 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8920 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8921 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8925 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8927 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8929 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8930 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8931 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8932 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8934 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8935 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8936 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8937 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8938 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8939 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8941 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8942 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8943 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8944 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8946 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8947 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8948 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8951 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8952 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8953 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
8955 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
8956 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8957 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8958 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
8959 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
8961 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
8962 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
8964 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
8965 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8967 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
8968 relative_address_base
= address
;
8970 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
8971 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
8977 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
8978 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
8979 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
8982 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8985 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8986 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
8987 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
8990 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8991 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
8992 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
8995 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8996 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
8997 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
9000 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
9001 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, true, output_section
))
9002 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9006 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
9007 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, true, output_section
))
9008 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
9009 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9013 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9014 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9015 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
9021 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9022 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
9025 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9026 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9027 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9028 0, thumb_bit
, false);
9031 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
9032 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9033 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
9037 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9038 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9039 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
9041 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9042 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
9046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
9047 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
9049 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
9050 relative_address_base
);
9053 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9054 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9055 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
9057 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9058 relative_address_base
,
9059 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
9062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
9063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
9065 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
9066 relative_address_base
);
9069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
9070 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9071 address
, thumb_bit
);
9074 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
9075 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9076 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
9079 // Thumb long branches.
9080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9084 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
9085 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
9086 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
9089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
9091 Arm_address got_origin
;
9092 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
9093 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9094 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
9098 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
9099 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
9101 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
9104 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
9105 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9106 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
9109 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
9110 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
9111 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
9114 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
9115 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
9116 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
9117 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
9118 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
9119 Arm_address got_origin
;
9120 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
9121 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
9122 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
9126 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9127 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9128 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9129 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
9130 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
9131 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
9132 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
9133 || (gsym
->is_defined()
9134 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
9135 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
9137 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
9138 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
9139 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
9142 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9144 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
9148 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9150 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9153 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9155 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9158 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9160 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9163 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9164 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
9165 address
, thumb_bit
);
9168 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
9169 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
9171 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
9172 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
9174 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
9175 is_v4bx_interworking
);
9179 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9181 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9184 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9186 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9189 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9191 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
9195 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9196 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9197 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9198 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9199 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9200 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9201 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9202 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9203 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9204 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9206 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
9207 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9208 relative_address_base
,
9209 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
9212 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9213 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9214 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9215 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9216 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9217 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9219 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
9220 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9221 relative_address_base
);
9224 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9225 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9226 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9227 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9228 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9229 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9231 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
9232 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9233 relative_address_base
);
9236 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9237 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9238 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9239 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9240 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9243 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
9244 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9245 relative_address_base
);
9248 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
9250 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9251 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9252 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9253 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9254 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9256 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
9257 view
, address
, view_size
);
9260 // The known and unknown unsupported and/or deprecated relocations.
9261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
9262 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
9263 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
9264 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
9266 // Just silently leave the method. We should get an appropriate error
9267 // message in the scan methods.
9271 // Report any errors.
9272 switch (reloc_status
)
9274 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
9276 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9277 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9278 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9279 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9281 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9282 gold_error_at_location(
9286 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9287 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9296 // Perform a TLS relocation.
9298 template<bool big_endian
>
9299 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
9300 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
9301 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9302 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
9304 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
9305 unsigned int r_type
,
9306 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9307 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9308 unsigned char* view
,
9309 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
9310 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
9312 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
9313 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
9314 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
9316 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
9318 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
9320 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
9321 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
9322 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
9323 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9324 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
9327 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9329 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
9330 unsigned int got_offset
;
9333 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9334 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
9338 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9339 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9340 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
9341 - target
->got_size());
9343 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9345 Arm_address got_entry
=
9346 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9348 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9350 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9351 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9356 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9357 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9359 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9360 // the module index.
9361 unsigned int got_offset
;
9362 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
9363 - target
->got_size());
9364 Arm_address got_entry
=
9365 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9367 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9369 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9370 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9374 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9375 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
);
9376 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9378 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9379 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9381 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9382 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
9383 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
9384 unsigned int got_offset
;
9387 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9388 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
9392 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9393 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9394 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
9397 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
9398 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
9400 Arm_address got_entry
=
9401 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9403 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
9404 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9405 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9409 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9410 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
9411 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
9412 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
9414 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
9416 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
9417 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
9418 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
9419 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
9420 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
9423 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9429 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9430 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
9432 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
9435 // Relocate section data.
9437 template<bool big_endian
>
9439 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
9440 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9441 unsigned int sh_type
,
9442 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9444 Output_section
* output_section
,
9445 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9446 unsigned char* view
,
9447 Arm_address address
,
9448 section_size_type view_size
,
9449 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
9451 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
9452 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9454 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
9455 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
9456 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
9458 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
9459 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
9460 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9463 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
9464 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
9466 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
9467 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
9468 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
9470 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
9473 view_size
= section_size
;
9477 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9484 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9488 reloc_symbol_changes
);
9491 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
9494 template<bool big_endian
>
9496 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
9497 unsigned int r_type
,
9500 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
9501 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9502 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9507 std::string reloc_name
=
9508 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
9509 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
9510 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
9515 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
9517 template<bool big_endian
>
9519 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
9520 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9522 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
9523 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9524 unsigned int sh_type
,
9525 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9527 Output_section
* output_section
,
9528 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9529 size_t local_symbol_count
,
9530 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
9531 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
9533 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9535 typedef Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
<big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9536 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
9538 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9539 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
9547 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9553 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
9555 template<bool big_endian
>
9557 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
9558 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9559 unsigned int sh_type
,
9560 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9562 Output_section
* output_section
,
9563 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
9564 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
9565 unsigned char* view
,
9566 Arm_address view_address
,
9567 section_size_type view_size
,
9568 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
9569 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
9571 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9573 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
9578 offset_in_output_section
,
9587 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
9588 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
9590 template<bool big_endian
>
9592 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_special_relocatable(
9593 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9594 unsigned int sh_type
,
9595 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
9597 Output_section
* output_section
,
9598 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
9599 unsigned char* view
,
9600 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
9602 unsigned char* preloc_out
)
9604 // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
9605 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9607 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
9608 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc_write
9610 const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(0) - 1;
9612 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
9613 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9614 const unsigned int local_count
= object
->local_symbol_count();
9616 Reltype
reloc(preloc_in
);
9617 Reltype_write
reloc_write(preloc_out
);
9619 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
9620 const unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
9621 const unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
9623 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9624 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9625 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
9627 // Get the new symbol index.
9628 // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
9629 gold_assert(r_sym
< local_count
);
9631 // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find
9632 // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
9633 // the output section corresponding to input section
9634 // in which this symbol is defined.
9636 unsigned int shndx
= object
->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym
, &is_ordinary
);
9637 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
9638 Output_section
* os
= object
->output_section(shndx
);
9639 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
9640 gold_assert(os
->needs_symtab_index());
9641 unsigned int new_symndx
= os
->symtab_index();
9643 // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
9644 // this relocation should be applied.
9646 Arm_address offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
9647 Arm_address new_offset
;
9648 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9649 new_offset
= offset
+ offset_in_output_section
;
9652 section_offset_type sot_offset
=
9653 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, Arm_address
>(offset
);
9654 section_offset_type new_sot_offset
=
9655 output_section
->output_offset(object
, relinfo
->data_shndx
,
9657 gold_assert(new_sot_offset
!= -1);
9658 new_offset
= new_sot_offset
;
9661 // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
9662 // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
9663 // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
9664 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
9666 new_offset
+= view_address
;
9667 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9668 new_offset
-= offset_in_output_section
;
9671 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(new_offset
);
9672 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(new_symndx
, r_type
));
9674 // Handle the reloc addend.
9675 // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
9676 // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
9677 // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in
9678 // the input section. We need the relocation in the output
9679 // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to
9680 // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
9681 // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
9683 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
= object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
9685 // Handle THUMB bit.
9686 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9687 Arm_address thumb_bit
=
9688 object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
9690 && arp
->uses_thumb_bit()
9691 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9693 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9694 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9695 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9699 unsigned char* paddend
= view
+ offset
;
9700 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status reloc_status
=
9701 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
;
9704 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
9705 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs8(paddend
, object
,
9709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
9710 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs12(paddend
, object
,
9714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
9715 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs16(paddend
, object
,
9719 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
9720 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_abs5(paddend
,
9725 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9726 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9727 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9728 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
9729 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::movw(
9730 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9733 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9736 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
9737 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_movw(
9738 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9741 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9745 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
9746 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9751 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9752 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
9755 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
9756 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9762 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(paddend
, object
,
9763 psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
);
9766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9768 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump6(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9774 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9778 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9780 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9784 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9786 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::prel31(paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0,
9790 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9792 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9796 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9798 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc12(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9802 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9804 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_alu11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9808 // These relocation truncate relocation results so we cannot handle them
9809 // in a relocatable link.
9810 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
9811 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
9812 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
9813 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
9814 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
9815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
9816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9817 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9818 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9819 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9820 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9821 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9822 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9823 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9824 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9825 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9826 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9827 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9828 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9829 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9831 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9832 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9835 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9836 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9837 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9838 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9839 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9840 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9841 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9842 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9843 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9844 gold_error(_("cannot handle %s in a relocatable link"),
9845 arp
->name().c_str());
9852 // Report any errors.
9853 switch (reloc_status
)
9855 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
:
9857 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9858 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9859 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9860 arp
->name().c_str());
9862 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9863 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9864 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9865 arp
->name().c_str());
9872 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
9873 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
9874 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
9875 // processor specific ABI supplement.
9877 template<bool big_endian
>
9879 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
9881 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
9882 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
9885 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
9887 template<bool big_endian
>
9889 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
)
9893 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
9894 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
9895 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
9897 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
9898 // This can be any reloc type but usually is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
9899 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
9906 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
9908 template<bool big_endian
>
9910 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
9911 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
9912 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
9914 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
9915 // so allow mixing them.
9916 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
|| v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9917 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
9918 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
9924 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
9925 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
9926 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
9927 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9929 template<bool big_endian
>
9931 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
9932 const std::string
& name
,
9933 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
9935 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
9937 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
9939 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
9940 if (flags
== out_flags
)
9943 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
9944 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
9945 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
9946 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
)
9947 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9948 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
9949 "EABI version %d."),
9951 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
9952 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
9956 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
9957 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
9958 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
9959 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
9960 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
9961 // to the default values.
9965 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
9966 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
9967 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
9971 // Adjust ELF file header.
9972 template<bool big_endian
>
9974 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
9975 unsigned char* view
,
9978 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
9980 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
9981 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
9982 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
9984 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9985 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9986 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
9988 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
9989 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
9991 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9993 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
9994 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
9997 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9998 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of
9999 // Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian> to store ARM specific information.
10000 // Hence we need to have our own ELF object creation.
10002 template<bool big_endian
>
10004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
10005 const std::string
& name
,
10006 Input_file
* input_file
,
10007 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
10009 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
10010 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
10012 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
10013 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
10017 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
10019 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
10020 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
10026 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
10032 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
10033 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
10034 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10036 template<bool big_endian
>
10038 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10039 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
10041 const Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
10042 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
10044 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10045 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10046 const std::string
& sv
=
10047 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
10049 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
10050 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
10051 return sv
.data()[1];
10053 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
10057 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
10058 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
10059 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10061 template<bool big_endian
>
10063 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
10064 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
10067 Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
10068 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
10072 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
10076 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10077 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10079 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
10080 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
10084 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
10087 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
10089 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10091 template<bool big_endian
>
10093 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
10096 int* secondary_compat_out
,
10098 int secondary_compat
)
10100 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
10101 static const int v6t2
[] =
10103 T(V6T2
), // PRE_V4.
10113 static const int v6k
[] =
10126 static const int v7
[] =
10140 static const int v6_m
[] =
10155 static const int v6s_m
[] =
10171 static const int v7e_m
[] =
10178 T(V7E_M
), // V5TEJ.
10185 T(V7E_M
), // V6S_M.
10188 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
10195 T(V5TEJ
), // V5TEJ.
10202 T(V6S_M
), // V6S_M.
10203 T(V7E_M
), // V7E_M.
10204 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
10206 static const int* comb
[] =
10214 // Pseudo-architecture.
10218 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
10220 if (oldtag
> elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
> elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
10222 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
10226 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
10228 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
10229 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
10230 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10232 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
10235 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
10236 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
10237 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10239 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
10240 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
10241 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
10244 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
10245 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
10247 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
10248 // as the canonical version.
10249 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
10252 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
10255 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
10259 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
10260 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
10268 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
10270 template<bool big_endian
>
10272 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
10274 static const char* aeabi_enum_names
[] =
10275 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
10276 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
10277 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
10279 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
10280 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
10284 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
10285 return std::string(buffer
);
10289 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
10291 template<bool big_endian
>
10293 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
10295 static const char* name_table
[] = {
10296 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
10297 // that from the architecture version alone.
10313 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
10315 if (value
< name_table_size
)
10316 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
10320 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
10321 return std::string(buffer
);
10325 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
10326 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
10328 template<bool big_endian
>
10330 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
10332 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
10334 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
10338 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
10339 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
10340 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
10342 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
10343 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10344 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10346 // We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
10347 // the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
10348 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value() != 0)
10350 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0
10351 && out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value()
10352 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10354 gold_error(_("%s has both the current and legacy "
10355 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10359 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] =
10360 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
];
10361 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_type(0);
10362 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_int_value(0);
10368 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10369 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10370 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10372 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
10373 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
10374 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
10376 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
10377 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
10378 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
10379 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
10380 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0
10381 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10382 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
10386 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
10388 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
10391 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
10392 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
10393 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
10396 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
10397 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
10398 // Use the first value seen.
10401 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
10403 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
10404 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
10405 int secondary_compat
=
10406 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
10407 int secondary_compat_out
=
10408 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10409 this->attributes_section_data_
);
10410 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
10411 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10412 &secondary_compat_out
,
10413 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10414 secondary_compat
));
10415 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
10416 secondary_compat_out
);
10418 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
10419 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
10420 ; // Leave the names alone.
10421 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10423 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
10424 // input architecture. Use the input names.
10425 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
10426 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
10427 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
10428 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
10432 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
10433 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
10436 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
10437 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
10438 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
10440 const std::string cpu_name
=
10441 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10442 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
10443 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
10444 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
10445 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
10450 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
10451 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
10452 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
10453 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
10454 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
10455 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
10456 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
10457 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
10458 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
10459 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
10460 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
10461 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
10462 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
10463 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
10464 // Use the largest value specified.
10465 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10466 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10469 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
10470 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
10471 // Use the smallest value specified.
10472 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10473 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10476 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
10477 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
10478 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
10479 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
10482 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conforming
10483 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
10485 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
10489 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
10490 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
10492 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
10493 // 2 = weak requirement.
10494 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
10496 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
10497 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
10498 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
10499 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10500 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10501 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10502 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
10503 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
10504 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10508 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
10509 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10511 // 0 will merge with anything.
10512 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
10513 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
10514 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
10515 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10516 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10517 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10518 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10519 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10520 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10521 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10522 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10523 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10525 else if (parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10528 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
10529 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
10530 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
10534 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
10536 static const struct
10540 } vfp_versions
[7] =
10551 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
10553 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
10554 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10556 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
10559 // The output uses the superset of input features
10560 // (ISA version) and registers.
10561 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
10562 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
10563 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
10564 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
10565 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
10568 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
10570 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
10571 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
10574 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
10577 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
10578 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
10579 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10580 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10581 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10582 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10584 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
10586 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
10589 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
10590 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10591 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10592 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10593 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10595 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
10597 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10598 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10600 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
10601 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
10602 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10603 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
10604 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10605 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10606 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10608 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
10612 // Use the smallest value specified.
10613 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10614 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10616 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
10617 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10618 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10619 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10620 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10621 && parameters
->options().wchar_size_warning())
10623 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
10624 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
10625 "across objects may fail"),
10626 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10627 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10629 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10630 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10632 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
10633 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
10635 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
10636 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
10638 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
10639 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
10640 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10642 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
10643 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10644 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10645 && parameters
->options().enum_size_warning())
10647 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
10648 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
10649 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
10650 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
10653 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
10654 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
10658 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
10661 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
10662 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10663 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10665 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
10670 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
10671 // Merged in target-independent code.
10673 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
10674 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
10675 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
10676 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
10677 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
10678 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10679 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10681 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
10682 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10684 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10685 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10686 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
10689 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10690 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10693 case elfcpp::Tag_DIV_use
:
10694 // This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
10695 // mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
10696 // SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
10697 // CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
10698 // is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
10699 // the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
10700 // attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
10701 // value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
10703 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10705 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10707 gold_error(_("DIV usage mismatch between %s and output"),
10712 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10713 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10717 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
:
10718 // We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
10719 // move the value to Tag_MPextension_use.
10720 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10721 && in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0)
10723 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value()
10724 != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10726 gold_error(_("%s has has both the current and legacy "
10727 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10732 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10733 > out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10734 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] = in_attr
[i
];
10738 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
10739 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
10740 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
10741 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
10744 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
10745 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
10747 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
10748 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
10749 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
10750 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
10751 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10756 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10758 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
10759 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
10760 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10761 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10762 err_object
= "output";
10763 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10764 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10767 if (err_object
!= NULL
10768 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10770 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
10771 if ((i
& 127) < 64)
10772 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
10776 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10780 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10781 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
10783 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
10784 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10789 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
10790 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
10791 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
10794 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
10795 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
10797 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
10798 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
10799 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10800 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
10801 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
10802 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10803 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
10805 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10806 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
10808 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10811 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
10812 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
10813 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10814 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
10815 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
10817 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
10818 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
10819 err_object
= "output";
10820 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10821 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10822 delete out_iter
->second
;
10823 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10824 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10826 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10827 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10828 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
10830 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
10831 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
10833 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
10836 else // The tags are equal.
10838 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
10839 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
10840 err_object
= "output";
10841 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10843 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10844 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
10846 // No match. Delete the attribute.
10847 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10848 delete out_iter
->second
;
10849 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10850 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10854 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
10860 if (err_object
&& parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10862 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
10863 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
10865 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
10866 err_object
, err_tag
);
10870 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10871 err_object
, err_tag
);
10877 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
10879 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
10881 template<bool big_endian
>
10882 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10883 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
10885 unsigned int shndx
)
10887 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10889 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
10890 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
10891 arm_input_section
->init();
10893 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
10894 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
10895 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
10897 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
10898 // for this input section already.
10899 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
10901 return arm_input_section
;
10904 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
10905 // section of RELOBJ.
10907 template<bool big_endian
>
10908 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10909 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
10911 unsigned int shndx
) const
10913 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10914 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
10915 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
10916 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
10919 // Make a new stub table.
10921 template<bool big_endian
>
10922 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
10923 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
10925 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10926 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
10927 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
10929 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
10930 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
10931 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
10936 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
10938 template<bool big_endian
>
10940 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
10941 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10942 unsigned int r_type
,
10943 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
10944 unsigned int r_sym
,
10945 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
10946 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
10947 Arm_address address
)
10949 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
10951 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10952 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10954 bool target_is_thumb
;
10955 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10958 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
10959 // final target is THUMB.
10960 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
10962 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
10963 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
10964 + gsym
->plt_offset());
10966 target_is_thumb
= false;
10968 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
10969 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
10974 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
10975 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
10976 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
10977 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
10982 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
10983 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
10986 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
10987 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
10988 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
10989 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
10990 if (target_is_thumb
10991 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
10992 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
10994 Arm_address stripped_value
=
10995 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
10996 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
11000 // Get the symbol value.
11001 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
11003 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
11004 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
11005 Arm_address destination
;
11008 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
11009 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
11010 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
11012 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
11014 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
11015 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
11016 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
11017 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
11019 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
11022 gold_unreachable();
11025 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
11026 Stub_type stub_type
=
11027 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
11029 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
11031 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11032 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11033 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11034 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11036 // Locate stub by destination.
11037 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
11039 // Create a stub if there is not one already
11040 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
11043 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11044 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
11045 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
11048 // Record the destination address.
11049 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
11050 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
11053 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
11054 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
11055 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
11056 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
11057 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11058 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
11059 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
11061 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
11062 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
11063 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
11064 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
11065 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
11066 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
11070 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
11071 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
11072 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
11073 // specific part of a relocation.
11075 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
11076 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
11078 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
11079 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
11080 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
11081 // mapped to output offsets.
11083 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
11084 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
11085 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
11086 // the output section.
11088 template<bool big_endian
>
11089 template<int sh_type
>
11091 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
11092 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11093 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
11094 size_t reloc_count
,
11095 Output_section
* output_section
,
11096 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
11097 const unsigned char* view
,
11098 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
11101 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
11102 const int reloc_size
=
11103 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
11105 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
11106 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
11107 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
11109 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
11111 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
11113 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
11115 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
11116 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
11117 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
11119 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
11121 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
11122 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
11123 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
11124 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
11125 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
11126 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
11127 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
11128 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
11129 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
11132 section_offset_type offset
=
11133 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
11135 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
11137 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
11138 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
11144 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
11145 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
11147 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
)
11149 // Get the BX instruction.
11150 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11151 const Valtype
* wv
=
11152 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
11153 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
11154 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11155 const uint32_t reg
= (insn
& 0xf);
11159 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11160 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11161 arm_object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11162 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11164 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
11166 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11167 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
11168 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
11169 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
11170 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
11178 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
11179 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
11180 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
11182 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
11184 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11185 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
11186 bool is_defined_in_discarded_section
;
11187 unsigned int shndx
;
11188 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
11191 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
11193 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
11194 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
11195 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
11196 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
11197 // correspond to a section we are folding.
11199 shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
11200 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11202 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
11203 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
11204 && !relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
));
11206 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this local
11208 if (!is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11210 typedef Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
> ObjType
;
11211 typename
ObjType::Compute_final_local_value_status status
=
11212 arm_object
->compute_final_local_value(r_sym
, psymval
, &symval
,
11214 if (status
== ObjType::CFLV_OK
)
11216 // Currently we cannot handle a branch to a target in
11217 // a merged section. If this is the case, issue an error
11218 // and also free the merge symbol value.
11219 if (!symval
.has_output_value())
11221 const std::string
& section_name
=
11222 arm_object
->section_name(shndx
);
11223 arm_object
->error(_("cannot handle branch to local %u "
11224 "in a merged section %s"),
11225 r_sym
, section_name
.c_str());
11231 // We cannot determine the final value.
11238 const Symbol
* gsym
;
11239 gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
11240 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
11241 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
11242 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
11244 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
11245 if (sym
->has_symtab_index() && sym
->symtab_index() != -1U)
11246 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
11248 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11250 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
11252 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
11253 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
11254 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
11255 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
11256 Arm_address value
=
11257 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
11259 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
11260 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
11262 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
11264 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_TLS
)
11265 symval
.set_is_tls_symbol();
11266 else if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11267 symval
.set_is_ifunc_symbol();
11270 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11271 (gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
11272 && gsym
->is_undefined());
11276 Symbol_value
<32> symval2
;
11277 if (is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11279 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
11281 std::string name
= arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11282 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
11284 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
11286 // FIXME: This case does not work for global symbols.
11287 // We have no place to store the original section index.
11288 // Fortunately this does not matter for comdat sections,
11289 // only for sections explicitly discarded by a linker
11292 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
11293 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
11295 symval2
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
11297 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11301 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_WARNING
)
11302 gold_warning_at_location(relinfo
, i
, offset
,
11303 _("relocation refers to discarded "
11305 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11307 symval2
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11308 psymval
= &symval2
;
11311 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
11312 // destination. Give up.
11313 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
11316 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
11317 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
11321 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
11323 template<bool big_endian
>
11325 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
11326 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11327 unsigned int sh_type
,
11328 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
11329 size_t reloc_count
,
11330 Output_section
* output_section
,
11331 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
11332 const unsigned char* view
,
11333 Arm_address view_address
,
11334 section_size_type view_size
)
11336 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
11337 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
11342 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11346 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
11347 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
11349 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
11354 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11359 gold_unreachable();
11362 // Group input sections for stub generation.
11364 // We group input sections in an output section so that the total size,
11365 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
11366 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
11367 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
11368 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
11369 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
11370 // extend the group after the stub table.
11372 template<bool big_endian
>
11374 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
11376 section_size_type group_size
,
11377 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
11380 // Group input sections and insert stub table
11381 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
11382 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
11383 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
11384 p
!= section_list
.end();
11387 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
11388 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11389 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
11394 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
11396 template<bool big_endian
>
11398 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
11400 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11401 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
11405 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
11406 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
11408 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
11410 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
11411 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
11414 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
11415 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
11416 // is passed a negative value, we restrict stubs to be always after
11417 // the stubbed branches.
11418 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
11419 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
11420 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
11421 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
11423 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
11426 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
11427 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
11428 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
11429 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
11430 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
11432 // This value is 48K less than that, which allows for 4096
11433 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
11434 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
11436 stub_group_size
= 4145152;
11439 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
11440 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
11441 // This is a crude way of enforcing that. In addition, long conditional
11442 // branches of THUMB-2 have a range of +-1M. If we are fixing cortex-A8
11443 // erratum, limit the group size to (1M - 12k) to avoid unreachable
11444 // cortex-A8 stubs from long conditional branches.
11445 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11447 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
11448 const section_size_type cortex_a8_group_size
= 1024 * (1024 - 12);
11449 stub_group_size
= std::max(stub_group_size
, cortex_a8_group_size
);
11452 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
, task
);
11454 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11455 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
= NULL
;
11456 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
=
11457 layout
->section_list().begin();
11458 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11460 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
11462 if (exidx_output_section
== NULL
)
11463 exidx_output_section
=
11464 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11466 // We cannot handle this now.
11467 gold_error(_("multiple SHT_ARM_EXIDX sections %s and %s in a "
11468 "non-relocatable link"),
11469 exidx_output_section
->name(),
11473 if (exidx_output_section
!= NULL
)
11475 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, input_objects
, exidx_output_section
,
11477 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
11482 // If this is not the first pass, addresses and file offsets have
11483 // been reset at this point, set them here.
11484 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11485 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11488 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11489 off_t off
= align_address(owner
->original_size(),
11490 (*sp
)->addralign());
11491 (*sp
)->set_address_and_file_offset(owner
->address() + off
,
11492 owner
->offset() + off
);
11496 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
11497 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
11498 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
11499 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
11500 // That would require more book-keeping.
11501 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11503 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
11504 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11505 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
11506 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
11509 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
11511 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
11512 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11513 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11515 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
11518 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
11519 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11520 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11523 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11524 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11525 // Lock the object so we can read from it. This is only called
11526 // single-threaded from Layout::finalize, so it is OK to lock.
11527 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, arm_relobj
);
11528 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
11531 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
11532 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
11534 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
11535 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
11536 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11537 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11540 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
11542 // Update data size of stub table owner.
11543 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11544 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
11545 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
11546 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
11547 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
11549 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
11550 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
11554 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
11555 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
11556 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
11558 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
11559 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11562 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
11563 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
11564 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
11567 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
11568 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
11570 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
11571 if (!continue_relaxation
)
11573 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11574 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11576 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
11578 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
11579 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11580 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11583 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11584 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11586 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
11587 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
11589 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
11591 // We need to lock the object's file to update it.
11592 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, arm_relobj
);
11593 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
11598 return continue_relaxation
;
11601 // Relocate a stub.
11603 template<bool big_endian
>
11605 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
11607 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11608 Output_section
* output_section
,
11609 unsigned char* view
,
11610 Arm_address address
,
11611 section_size_type view_size
)
11614 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
11615 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
11617 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
11618 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
11620 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
11621 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
11622 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
11623 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
11625 // This is the address of the stub destination.
11626 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
11627 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11628 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
11630 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
11632 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
11633 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
11634 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
11635 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
11636 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
11637 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
11639 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
11640 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
11641 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
11642 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
11646 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
11649 template<bool big_endian
>
11651 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
11653 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
11654 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11655 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
11656 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11657 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11658 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
11659 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
11660 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
11662 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
11664 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
11665 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
11666 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
11669 // Reorder attributes.
11671 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
11672 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
11673 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
11676 template<bool big_endian
>
11678 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
11680 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
11681 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
11682 // and shift everything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
11684 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
11686 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
11687 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11689 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
11694 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
11696 template<bool big_endian
>
11698 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
11699 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
11700 unsigned int shndx
,
11701 section_size_type span_start
,
11702 section_size_type span_end
,
11703 const unsigned char* view
,
11704 Arm_address address
)
11706 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
11708 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
11709 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
11710 // first half of the branch.
11711 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
11712 // length non-branch instruction.
11713 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
11714 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
11715 bool last_was_branch
= false;
11716 while (i
< span_end
)
11718 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11719 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
11720 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11721 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
11722 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
11724 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
11727 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
11728 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11730 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
11731 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
11732 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
11733 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
11734 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
11735 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
11736 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
11737 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
11738 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
11741 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
11743 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
11744 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
11745 // we need to work around.
11746 if (is_32bit_branch
11747 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
11749 && !last_was_branch
)
11751 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
11752 bool force_target_arm
= false;
11753 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
11754 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
11755 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11756 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
11758 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
11760 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
11761 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
11763 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11764 && !target_is_thumb
)
11765 force_target_arm
= true;
11766 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11767 && target_is_thumb
)
11768 force_target_thumb
= true;
11772 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
11774 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
11775 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
11776 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
11777 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11779 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
11780 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
11781 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
11782 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
11783 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
11784 // setting of always_after_branch above).
11788 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11790 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
11792 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
11794 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11799 stub_type
= (is_blx
11800 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
11802 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
11803 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
11806 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
11808 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
11810 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
11811 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
11812 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
11813 // BLX stub instead in that case.
11814 if (this->may_use_v5t_interworking() && force_target_arm
11815 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
11817 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
11821 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
11822 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
11823 else if (force_target_thumb
11824 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
11826 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
11834 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
11835 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
11836 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
11837 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
11838 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
11840 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
11842 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
11843 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
11845 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
11846 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
11850 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11851 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
11852 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11853 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
11858 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
11859 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
11860 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
11864 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
11866 template<bool big_endian
>
11868 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
11869 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
11870 Arm_address stub_address
,
11871 unsigned char* insn_view
,
11872 Arm_address insn_address
)
11874 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11875 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
11876 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11877 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11878 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
11880 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11881 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
11883 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
11884 // For a conditional branch, we re-write it to be an unconditional
11885 // branch to the stub. We use the THUMB-2 encoding here.
11886 upper_insn
= 0xf000U
;
11887 lower_insn
= 0xb800U
;
11889 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
11890 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
11891 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
11892 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
11893 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
11894 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
11895 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
11896 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
11897 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
11899 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
11900 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
11901 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
11902 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
11906 gold_unreachable();
11909 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
11910 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
11911 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
11914 template<bool big_endian
>
11915 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
11918 Target_selector_arm()
11919 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
11920 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"),
11921 (big_endian
? "armelfb" : "armelf"))
11925 do_instantiate_target()
11926 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
11929 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11931 template<bool big_endian
>
11933 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
11935 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11936 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
11937 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
11940 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
11941 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
11942 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
11943 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
11944 // by addresses within the output section.
11946 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
11947 Sorted_output_section_list
;
11948 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
11950 // Find out all the output sections of input sections pointed by
11951 // EXIDX input sections.
11952 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11953 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11956 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11957 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
11958 std::vector
<unsigned int> shndx_list
;
11959 arm_relobj
->get_exidx_shndx_list(&shndx_list
);
11960 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< shndx_list
.size(); ++i
)
11962 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
11963 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx_list
[i
]);
11964 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
11965 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
11967 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
11968 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
11969 if (os
!= NULL
&& (os
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11970 sorted_output_sections
.insert(os
);
11975 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
11976 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
11978 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
11979 for (typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
11980 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
11981 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
11984 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
11985 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11986 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
11989 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
,
11990 merge_exidx_entries(), task
);
11993 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
11994 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
11996 } // End anonymous namespace.